10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

R QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013

or

£ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission file number: 333-133253

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	84-1696500
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
10931 Laureate Drive, San Antonio, TX	78249
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

(210) 697-8888

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes R No £ *

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ    No £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  £	Accelerated filer  £	Non-accelerated filer  R	Smaller reporting company £
	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  £    No  R

As of October 31, 2013, there were 100 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding, with a par value of $0.01 per share. All outstanding shares are owned by a subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp.

* The registrant is not required to file this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or other reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but has filed all reports during the preceding 12 months that would have been required pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The filing is required, however, pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.'s senior notes due 2015.

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

INDEX TO QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2013

PART I.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Financial Statements	1
	Consolidated Balance Sheets	1
	Consolidated Statements of Operations	2
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)	3
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	4
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	5
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	26
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	40
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	41
PART II.	OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	42
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	42
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	42
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	42
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	42
Item 5.	Other Information	42
Item 6.	Exhibits	42
Signatures		43
Exhibit Index		44

i

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share and per share data)

	September 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
	(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,037.8		$	102.0
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $1.0 and $1.5)	111.1			132.1
Inventories	34.3			29.0
Income taxes receivable	0.4			23.7
Notes receivable - related party	30.0			30.0
Deferred tax assets	35.7			45.1
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	41.8			56.7
Total current assets	1,291.1			418.6
Property, plant and equipment	290.2			269.5
Less accumulated depreciation	(111.8		)	(79.5		)
Property, plant and equipment, net	178.4			190.0
Goodwill	483.0			761.6
Other intangible assets, net	1,189.0			1,535.6
Contract acquisition payments, net	23.3			17.6
Other assets	57.1			63.0
Total assets	$	3,221.9		$	2,986.4
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	42.3		$	44.5
Deferred revenues	63.0			133.9
Current maturities of long-term debt	90.0			78.5
Accrued liabilities:
Salaries, wages and employee benefits	54.0			55.9
Income and other taxes payable	76.4			11.9
Customer incentives	49.5			52.0
Payable to parent	0.1			0.1
Other current liabilities	38.4			42.1
Total current liabilities	413.7			418.9
Long-term debt	1,839.3			1,769.3
Deferred tax liabilities	467.8			622.7
Deferred revenues	23.1			54.2
Other liabilities	61.8			86.1
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock — 200 shares authorized; par value $0.01; 100 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012	—			—
Additional paid-in capital	49.9			76.1
Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)	367.5			(40.6		)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(0.5		)	0.4
Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations, net of taxes	(0.7		)	(0.7		)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes	(1.2		)	(0.3		)
Total stockholder's equity	416.2			35.2
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	$	3,221.9		$	2,986.4

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
	2013			2012			2013			2012
Product revenues, net	$	318.7		$	303.1		$	917.8		$	914.3
Service revenues, net	59.1			54.8			166.8			154.8
Total net revenues	377.8			357.9			1,084.6			1,069.1
Cost of products sold	197.4			188.0			560.2			595.1
Cost of services provided	41.4			39.7			119.4			117.6
Total cost of revenues	238.8			227.7			679.6			712.7
Gross profit	139.0			130.2			405.0			356.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses	72.8			68.2			210.0			221.5
Asset impairment charges	0.2			0.7			1.1			0.7
Restructuring costs	1.6			11.6			14.9			16.2
Operating income	64.4			49.7			179.0			118.0
Interest income	0.2			0.2			0.6			0.7
Interest expense	(53.5		)	(56.3		)	(165.4		)	(166.0		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	—			(34.2		)	(61.0		)	(34.2		)
Loss from equity method investment	(0.1		)	—			(0.5		)	—
Other expense, net	—			—			—			(0.2		)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	11.0			(40.6		)	(47.3		)	(81.7		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes on continuing operations	3.4			(15.9		)	(19.2		)	(31.4		)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	7.6			(24.7		)	(28.1		)	(50.3		)
Net income from discontinued operations	412.3			5.7			439.2			0.7
Net income (loss)	$	419.9		$	(19.0	)	$	411.1		$	(49.6	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended						Nine Months Ended
	September 30,						September 30,
	2013			2012			2013			2012
Net income (loss)	$	419.9		$	(19.0	)	$	411.1		$	(49.6	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0.3			0.7			(0.6		)	0.3
Reclassification adjustments for foreign currency translation adjustments included in gain on sale of HFS	(0.3		)	—			(0.3		)	—
Reclassification adjustments for loss on derivative instruments included in net loss	—			—			—			0.1
Unrealized losses on investments:
Unrealized losses on investments during period	—			—			—			(0.2		)
Less reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net loss	—			—			—			0.1
Net change in unrealized losses on investments	—			—			—			(0.1		)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	—			0.7			(0.9		)	0.3
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	419.9		$	(18.3	)	$	410.2		$	(49.3	)
Tax Expense of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Included in Above Amounts:
Less reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net loss	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(0.1	)
Total net tax expense included in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(0.1	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

3

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013			2012
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	411.1		$	(49.6	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	44.3			57.3
Amortization of intangible assets	94.7			102.9
Amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount, original issue premium and deferred financing fees	62.2			92.0
Gain on sale of discontinued operations	(647.0		)	—
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	61.0			34.2
Loss on sale of marketable securities	—			0.2
Deferred income taxes	(144.4		)	(127.6		)
Asset impairments	1.1			0.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions and divestitures:
Accounts receivable	(23.0		)	(21.6		)
Inventories	(2.0		)	13.7
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2.3		)	(12.5		)
Contract acquisition payments, net	(5.9		)	(13.7		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(8.9		)	8.6
Deferred revenues	0.5			70.0
Income and other taxes	88.2			8.6
Payable to parent	—			(0.2		)
Other, net	7.6			1.5
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(62.8		)	164.5
Investing activities
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired	(35.2		)	(36.2		)
Proceeds from the sale of businesses included in discontinued operations, net of cash divested and costs to sell	1,181.9			—
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	0.9			0.1
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			56.3
Capital expenditures	(53.8		)	(47.0		)
Capitalized interest	(0.5		)	(0.4		)
Computer software development	(8.1		)	(10.6		)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	1,085.2			(37.8		)
Financing activities
Dividends paid to parent	(29.2		)	(25.8		)
Acquisition of business from parent	—			(33.8		)
Payments for derivative instruments	(1.3		)	(8.7		)
Issuance of notes	54.5			225.6
Redemption of notes	(50.0		)	—
Borrowings on credit agreements	742.5			25.0
Repayments of credit agreements and other borrowings	(786.5		)	(324.0		)
Debt issuance costs	(16.6		)	(12.3		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(86.6		)	(154.0		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	935.8			(27.3		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	102.0			101.8
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,037.8		$	74.5
Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	103.1		$	60.8
Income taxes, net of refunds	295.7			87.4
Non cash financing activities:
Extinguishment of Faneuil debt to parent	$	—		$	25.4

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

1. Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. ("Harland Clarke Holdings" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") is a holding company that conducts its operations through its direct and indirect, wholly owned operating subsidiaries and was incorporated in Delaware on October 19, 2005. The Company is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp. ("M & F Worldwide"), which is, as of December 21, 2011, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MacAndrews"). MacAndrews is wholly owned by Ronald O. Perelman. On September 12, 2011, M & F Worldwide agreed, subject to various closing conditions, to merge with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews, and, following a vote of stockholders of M & F Worldwide and the satisfaction or waiver of all other closing conditions, that merger was effected on December 21, 2011 (hereafter referred to as the "MacAndrews Acquisition").

As a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition, which resulted in a change in ownership of M & F Worldwide, the Company was required to use the acquisition method of accounting to revalue its assets and liabilities as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Such accounting results in a number of changes, including, but not limited to, decreased revenues as a result of fair value adjustments to deferred revenues, increased depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of assets and increased non-cash interest expense that results from adjusting the Company's long-term debt to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

On August 16, 2013, the Company completed the sale of each of Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel Ltd. (collectively, "HFS") to affiliates of Davis + Henderson Corporation. The consideration received by the Company for the sale was approximately $1,200.0 in cash. The Company entered into an ancillary agreement providing for certain transitional services for a limited time to the buyer on terms customary for a transaction of this type. Results of operations for HFS through August 16, 2013, including the related gain, are reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (see Note 4). Results of operations for HFS are not included in segment or consolidated results of operations other than as discontinued operations and prior periods have been reclassified to remove results of operations for HFS from results reported for continuing operations.

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired NCP Solutions, LLC ("NCP Solutions") (see Note 3). NCP Solutions is a leading end-to-end communications solutions provider to consumer finance companies, banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage subservicers, credit unions, auto and equipment finance companies, auto service contract providers, direct marketing companies, healthcare and health insurance companies, check producers and various other customers. The NCP Solutions business is included in the Harland Clarke segment for financial reporting purposes.

On March 19, 2012, the Company purchased Faneuil, Inc. ("Faneuil") from affiliates of MacAndrews (see Note 3). Under accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control, the Company has accounted for the purchase at historical cost and has retrospectively recasted prior periods under common control to include Faneuil operations. The Company and Faneuil came under common control on December 21, 2011, the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Faneuil is a separate business segment for financial reporting purposes. On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil (see Note 19).

The Company has organized its business and corporate structure along the following three business segments: Harland Clarke, Scantron and Faneuil.

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company transferred certain product and service lines from the Scantron segment to other segments. Specifically, Scantron transferred the Harland Technology Services and Medical Device Tracking businesses to the Faneuil segment and the Survey Services business to the Harland Clarke segment. Prior period segment information has been reclassified to reflect this change. With the October 18, 2013 sale of Faneuil, the Harland Technology Services business was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after that date.

Harland Clarke Holdings delivers to multiple industries a robust portfolio of products and services designed to optimize customer relationships and generate revenue. Its business units have long been recognized as leading providers of best-in-class payment solutions, marketing services, data capture and analytics − delivered through multiple channels, including online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke Holdings' portfolio offers retail products, high-value transactional print and electronic documentation, security solutions and business intelligence. Its skills in capturing, managing, analyzing and delivering data measurement and assessment information, through both print and digital channels, supports decision-making and improved outcomes for organizations worldwide. Harland Clarke Holdings serves the financial, insurance and investment services industries, as well as education, big-box retailing, accounting software, commercial, government and franchising. Its clients, including more than 8,500 financial institutions, range in size from major corporate brands and trade associations, to state and local governments, micro-businesses and individual consumers.

5

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The Harland Clarke segment offers to its more than 12,500 financial institution and commercial clients a range of solutions to support their success. These include payment solutions, security solutions, forms and treasury supplies and related delivery and fraud prevention products, as well as transactional print and electronic documentation, including statements, compliance documents and communications. It provides marketing services including inbound and outbound contact center solutions and direct marketing campaigns delivered through the multiple channels of online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke offers a spectrum of solutions based upon business intelligence and analytic services that range from surveys, database mining, strategic planning, creative development and production through fulfillment. Harland Clarke offers online customized social and business stationery, cards, office products and promotional products directly to consumers, small and medium businesses and direct selling associations. It also services some of the largest accounting software firms and big-box retailers by developing and managing e-commerce sites for the online ordering of customizable printed materials.

The Scantron segment provides data management and decision support solutions and related services to educational, commercial and governmental entities worldwide. Scantron products and services provide solutions for testing and assessment, instruction and performance management and business operational data collection. Scantron's solutions combine a variety of data collection, analysis and management tools including online solutions, software, scanning equipment, and pre-printed and customizable forms.

The Faneuil segment provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to government and regulated commercial clients. The Faneuil segment also provides patient information collection and tracking services, managed technical services and related field maintenance services to education, commercial, healthcare and governmental entities.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and accounts of businesses acquired from the date of acquisition except for Faneuil as discussed above.

The Company and each of its existing domestic subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there were none at September 30, 2013) and certain immaterial subsidiaries, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Term Loan and co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) (see Note 12). Harland Clarke Holdings is a holding company and has no significant assets at September 30, 2013 and no operations. The guarantees and the obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of the Company other than the subsidiary guarantors and obligors are not significant.

See Notes 3, 4 and 19 for information regarding recent acquisitions and divestitures.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions for Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

All terms used but not defined elsewhere herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company's 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K. All dollar amounts herein, unless otherwise specified, are given in millions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Reference is made to the significant accounting policies of the Company described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

As a result of the sale of the HFS businesses (see Note 1), amounts related to the HFS businesses previously reported as operating income have been reclassified as discontinued operations (see Note 4). Prior period amounts relating to business

6

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

segment changes (see Note 1) have been reclassified in Note 8. All reclassifications were made in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendment enhances disclosures regarding assets and liabilities that are presented net or gross in the statement of financial position when the right of offset exists, or that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. This amendment affects disclosures only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the presentation of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The amendment requires companies to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income if the amount reclassified is required under United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP") to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under US GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, companies are required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under US GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This amendment affects presentation only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the amendment, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. If an entity determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more-likely-than-not less than the carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. This amendment affects testing steps only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

New Accounting Guidance

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board amended its guidance related to thepresentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under this standard an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use and the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. For the Company, this amended guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2014 with early adoption permitted. As this amended guidance affects presentation only, the adoption of this amended guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

7

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

3. Acquisitions

NCP Solutions Acquisition

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of NCP Solutions for an acquisition-date purchase price of $35.2, net of cash acquired of $0.3, and after giving effect to working capital adjustments of $0.5 (the "NCP Solutions Acquisition"). NCP Solutions is a leading end-to-end communications solutions provider to consumer finance companies, banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage subservicers, credit unions, auto and equipment finance companies, auto service contract providers, direct marketing companies, healthcare and health insurance companies, check producers and various other customers.

NCP Solutions delivers personalized, time-sensitive and confidential print and electronic business communications. These communications include billing, investment, demand deposit and sharedraft statements, event-triggered letters, installment loan and mortgage payment coupon books and direct marketing materials. NCP Solutions' vertically integrated production process and electronic and print competencies enable it to supply customers with a robust outsourced document management solution.

The allocation of purchase price resulted in identified intangible assets of $25.0, including customer relationships of $20.0, trademarks of $3.0, software of $2.0 and goodwill of $4.2. The remaining $6.3 of purchase price was allocated to tangible assets and liabilities. The goodwill arises because the total consideration for NCP Solutions, which reflects its future earnings and cash flow potential, exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired. The goodwill resulting from the acquisition was assigned to the Harland Clarke segment. Of the goodwill recognized, $2.8 is deductible for income tax purposes. NCP Solutions' results of operations have been included in the Company's operations since the date of its acquisition. The Company financed the acquisition with Harland Clarke Holdings' cash on hand. The pro forma effects of the NCP Solutions Acquisition on the consolidated results of operations were not material.

Faneuil Acquisition

On March 19, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company purchased 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of New Faneuil, Inc. ("New Faneuil") for $70.0 in cash (the "Faneuil Acquisition") from affiliates of MacAndrews. The Company financed the Faneuil Acquisition with Harland Clarke Holdings' cash on hand. New Faneuil, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Faneuil, provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to government and regulated commercial clients across the United States.

Under accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control, the Company has accounted for the purchase at historical cost and has retrospectively recasted prior periods under common control to include Faneuil operations. The Company and Faneuil came under common control on December 21, 2011, the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Cash paid in excess of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities assumed in the amount of $33.8 is treated as an equity transaction with the parent in accordance with accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control.

8

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The following table summarizes the historical cost of assets and liabilities assumed on March 19, 2012, the date of the Faneuil Acquisition:

Cash			$	2.3
Accounts receivable			11.8
Property, plant and equipment			10.3
Goodwill			13.0
Other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	0.2
Tradenames	0.8
Software	0.3
Total other intangible assets			1.3
Other assets			7.2
Total assets acquired			45.9
Deferred revenues			1.2
Capital leases			1.0
Other liabilities			7.5
Net assets acquired			$	36.2

The pro forma effects of the Faneuil Acquisition on the consolidated results of operations were not material.

4. Discontinued Operations

On August 16, 2013, the Company completed the divestiture of HFS, which was previously reported as the Harland Financial Solutions business segment, and recognized an after tax gain on the divestiture. A total of approximately $1,200.0 of cash proceeds was received from the divestiture. In connection with the divestiture, the Company has reclassified the results of the Harland Financial Solutions segment as discontinued operations for all periods presented. As part of the purchase and sale agreement, the Company will perform and be compensated for customary transition services for a limited time related to certain administrative functions for HFS as performed for HFS prior to its divestiture and as set forth specifically in a transition services agreement. Cash flows from the transition services are considered to be indirect cash flows under applicable accounting guidance. The Company expects the transition services to be completed within one year from the date of the divestiture.

Operating results for discontinued operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Net revenues	$	45.7	$	64.7	$	205.7	$	173.2
Income from discontinued operations before gain on sale and income taxes	7.2		7.9		49.5		1.1
Gain on sale of discontinued operations	647.0		—		647.0		—
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	654.2		7.9		696.5		1.1
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	241.9		2.2		257.3		0.4
Net income from discontinued operations	$	412.3	$	5.7	$	439.2	$	0.7

9

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

5. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Finished goods	$	8.2	$	7.7
Work-in-process	11.8		8.2
Raw materials	14.3		13.1
	$	34.3	$	29.0

6. Assets Held For Sale

Assets held for sale are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Land	$	—	$	1.0
Buildings and improvements	—		2.1
	$	—	$	3.1

At December 31, 2012, assets held for sale consisted of the following Harland Clarke segment facilities:

Location	Former Use	Year Closed
Atlanta, GA	Operations Support	2008
Atlanta, GA	Printing	2008
Atlanta, GA	Information Technology	2010

During 2010, the Company closed its information technology facility in Atlanta, GA and relocated those operations into an existing facility. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company sold the information technology facility for $0.8 and realized a loss of $0.1. The other listed Atlanta facilities were closed as part of the Company's plan to exit duplicative facilities related to an acquisition.

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company announced plans to relocate its Atlanta regional office facilities within the Harland Clarke segment to another facility. In conjunction with this plan, the Company made a change to the marketing plan for the other Atlanta facilities included in assets held for sale. The new marketing plan combines the marketing of the Atlanta regional office facilities and facilities formerly classified as held for sale and the Company estimates it will take longer than twelve months to sell the facilities. Accordingly, the facilities formerly classified as assets held for sale were reclassified to property, plant and equipment during the first quarter of 2013.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill by business segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke		Scantron			Faneuil		Harland Financial Solutions			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	417.0	$	40.2		$	21.7	$	282.7		$	761.6
2013 acquisition	4.2		—			—		—			4.2
2013 divestiture	—		—			—		(282.7		)	(282.7		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—		(0.1		)	—		—			(0.1		)
Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	421.2	$	40.1		$	21.7	$	—		$	483.0

10

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

Useful lives, gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for other intangible assets are as follows:

		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
	Useful Life (in years)	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3 - 19	$	1,286.0	$	1,528.0	$	184.5	$	132.7	$	1,101.5	$	1,395.3
Trademarks and tradenames	15 - 25	81.4		101.4		7.6		5.3		73.8		96.1
Software	3 - 9	18.3		56.5		5.4		13.1		12.9		43.4
		1,385.7		1,685.9		197.5		151.1		1,188.2		1,534.8
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Tradename		0.8		0.8		—		—		0.8		0.8
Total other intangible assets		$	1,386.5	$	1,686.7	$	197.5	$	151.1	$	1,189.0	$	1,535.6

Amortization expense was $30.2 and $94.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $34.7 and $102.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. These amounts include amortization expense for discontinued operations of $4.3 and $18.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $7.3 and $21.8 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. Amortization expense includes amortization of software of $3.0 and $10.0 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $3.0 and $8.8 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. These amounts include amortization of software for discontinued operations of $1.7 and $6.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $2.7 and $7.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

The weighted average amortization period for all amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the NCP Solutions Acquisition was 12.9 years. The weighted average amortization period for each major class of amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the NCP Solutions Acquisition was as follows: customer relationships - 15 years, trademarks - 4 years and software - 5 years.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets through December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Three months ending December 31, 2013	$	26.0
Year ending December 31, 2014	97.1
Year ending December 31, 2015	91.0
Year ending December 31, 2016	82.8
Year ending December 31, 2017	80.2

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 for the Scantron segment related to software that was determined to have no future use. That determination was the result of Scantron's decision to exit certain product lines in the education market (see Note 17). The impairment charge is included in asset impairment charges in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

11

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

8. Business Segment Information

The Company has organized its business along three reportable segments together with a corporate group for certain support services. The Company's operations are aligned on the basis of products, services and industry. Management measures and evaluates the reportable segments based on operating income. The current segments and their principal activities consist of the following:

• Harland Clarke segment — Provides payment solutions, transactional and secure document printing, direct online and print marketing services, inbound and outbound contact center services, as well as customized social stationery, business and home office products to financial and commercial institutions, as well as consumers and other businesses. It services some of the largest accounting software firms and big-box retailers by developing and managing e-commerce sites for the online ordering of customizable printed materials. This segment operates primarily in the United States and Puerto Rico.

• Scantron segment — Provides data management and decision support solutions and related products and services to educational, commercial and governmental entities worldwide through online and print channels. This segment operates primarily in the United States, Canada and India and also has a network of international distributors.

• Faneuil segment — Provides call center services, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to governmental and regulated commercial clients and patient information collection and tracking, managed technical services and related field maintenance services to educational, commercial, healthcare and governmental entities. This segment operates primarily in the United States and Canada.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company made business segment changes in the second quarter of 2012. Prior period results in the tables below have been reclassified to conform to these business segment changes. The results for the discontinued operations of HFS (see Note 4) are not included in the tables below.

Selected summarized financial information for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	292.0	$	24.6		$	2.1	$	—		$	318.7
Three months ended September 30, 2012	278.4		22.5			2.2		—			303.1
Service revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	11.8	$	7.1		$	40.2	$	—		$	59.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	8.3		7.1			39.4		—			54.8
Intersegment revenues
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	—	$	0.4		$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	—
Three months ended September 30, 2012	—		0.6			—		(0.6		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	62.5	$	4.0		$	5.1	$	(7.2	)	$	64.4
Three months ended September 30, 2012	56.6		(5.2		)	2.9		(4.6		)	49.7
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	31.3	$	4.8		$	2.5	$	—		$	38.6
Three months ended September 30, 2012	37.2		4.3			2.9		—			44.4
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	24.9	$	2.0		$	2.2	$	—		$	29.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	11.8		0.8			1.2		—			13.8

12

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

Selected summarized financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	840.7	$	69.6		$	7.5	$	—		$	917.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	841.1		67.8			5.4		—			914.3
Service revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	33.9	$	18.2		$	114.7	$	—		$	166.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	25.2		19.8			109.8		—			154.8
Intersegment revenues
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	0.1	$	1.4		$	0.7	$	(2.2	)	$	—
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	0.1		1.4			0.2		(1.7		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	192.7	$	(8.1	)	$	12.0	$	(17.6	)	$	179.0
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	151.8		(26.0		)	5.6		(13.4		)	118.0
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	92.5	$	15.2		$	7.6	$	—		$	115.3
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	110.5		13.1			8.0		—			131.6
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	40.4	$	3.5		$	4.0	$	—		$	47.9
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	32.0		5.4			3.3		—			40.7

___________________

(1) Includes results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from the date of acquisition (see Note 3).

(2) Includes results of the acquired Faneuil business from the date of common control (see Note 3).

(3) Includes restructuring costs of $1.6 and $14.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and $11.6 and $16.2 for three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively, (see Note 17) and non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 and $1.1 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.7 and $0.7 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

Discontinued operations

The amounts shown above do not include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the discontinued operations of HFS. Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees) for HFS was $5.5 and $23.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $10.0 and $28.6 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases) for HFS was $1.1 and $5.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $3.0 and $6.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

13

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

9. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Foreign currency translation adjustments			Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations			Derivative fair-value adjustments			Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net			Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Beginning balance	$	0.4		$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(0.3	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(0.6		)	—			—			—			(0.6		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	(0.3		)	—			—			—			(0.3		)
Net current period other comprehensive loss	(0.9		)	—			—			—			(0.9		)
Ending balance	$	(0.5	)	$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(1.2	)
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	(0.1	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	0.3			—			—			(0.2		)	0.1
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	—			—			0.1			0.1			0.2
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)	0.3			—			0.1			(0.1		)	0.3
Ending balance	$	0.3		$	(0.1	)	$	—		$	—		$	0.2

The following presents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

Details about accumulated other comprehensive loss components	Affected line in the statement of operations	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
		September 30,				September 30,
		2013		2012		2013		2012
Derivative fair-value adjustments	Interest expense	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Unrealized gains on investments, net	Other expense, net	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.2	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		(0.1		)
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—
	Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—

14

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

10. Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors two unfunded postretirement defined benefit plans that cover certain former salaried and non-salaried employees. One plan provides healthcare benefits and the other provides life insurance benefits. The medical plan is contributory and contributions are adjusted annually based on actual claims experience. For retirees who retired prior to December 31, 2002 with 20 or more years of service at December 31, 2000, the Company contributes a portion of the cost of the medical plan. For all other retirees, the Company's intent is that the retirees provide the majority of the actual cost of the medical plan. The life insurance plan is noncontributory for those employees that retired by December 31, 2002.

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for these plans consist of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3
Net postretirement benefit cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3

11. Income Taxes

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for the federal and state tax returns of the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide or MacAndrews and subsidiaries, as the case may be, including in each case the Company, for the tax years 2010 through 2012 generally remain open. In addition, open tax years related to foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material. The Company has recently been notified that the Internal Revenue Service has selected to examine the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide and subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 21, 2011.

There are no events that have occurred since December 31, 2012 that had a material impact on amounts accrued for the Company's uncertain tax positions.

12. Long-Term Debt

	September 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Extended Term Loans due 2017	$	625.5		$	677.4
Non-Extended Term Loans due 2014	—			728.6
Tranche B-3 Term Loans due 2018	745.3			—
Total $1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	1,370.8			1,406.0
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018	285.0			235.0
Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015	204.3			204.3
9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015	221.3			271.3
Capital lease obligations	3.2			3.1
Unamortized original issue discount, original issue premium and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount	(155.3		)	(271.9		)
	1,929.3			1,847.8
Less: current maturities	(90.0		)	(78.5		)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$	1,839.3		$	1,769.3

New Facility Joinder Agreement to Credit Agreement

On April 26, 2013, the Company entered into a new facility joinder agreement to the Credit Agreement (as defined hereinafter) under which the Company borrowed $750.0 (the "Tranche B-3 Term Loans"). Proceeds of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans were used to repay, in full, together with all interest and fees accrued in respect of, the Non-Extended Term Loans plus other fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans will mature on May 22, 2018 subject (if the Revolving Facility (as defined hereinafter) is terminated and repaid in full) to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Senior Notes if they have not

15

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

otherwise been repaid, extended or refinanced. The Company is required to repay the Tranche B-3 Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 2.50% of the original amount. In addition, aggregate amortization in respect of all of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans and all other debt sharing liens with such loans (with certain exceptions) must be at least $75.0 per year (subject to certain reductions). The weighted average interest rate on the Tranche B-3 Term Loans outstanding was 7.0% at September 30, 2013.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.50% per annum, provided that the rate before the applicable margin shall not be less than 2.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.50% per annum, provided that the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate shall not be less that 1.50% per annum.

All other terms are substantially the same as the Credit Agreement (as defined hereinafter).

Revolving Credit Facility due 2018

On February 20, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings terminated the Revolver (as defined hereinafter) and along with certain of its domestic subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and its direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its other domestic subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Revolving Facility provides for a facility equal to the lesser of $80.0 and a calculated borrowing base consisting of:

• 85% of eligible receivables less unearned revenue; plus

• the lesser of (i) 85% of the orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and (ii) 70% of eligible inventory (in each case, at the lower of book value and market); minus

• eligibility reserves in effect at the time.

The borrowing base at September 30, 2013 was $33.7, a decrease of $18.6 from the borrowing base at June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to recent divestitures (see Notes 4 and 19). The Revolving Facility includes an up to $30.0 subfacility for letters of credit and an up to $10.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swingline loans. As of September 30, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility and there was $23.3 available for borrowing (giving effect to the issuance of $10.4 of letters of credit).

Borrowings and other obligations under the Revolving Facility are guaranteed by CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Harland Clarke Holdings and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of such loan parties, including inventory, receivables, equipment, intellectual property and real property. The obligations under the Revolving Facility are secured by a first priority lien on inventory, receivables, payment intangibles and other current assets and other assets arising therefrom and proceeds thereof and second priority liens on the remaining collateral, subject to the first priority liens securing the Company's Tranche B-3 Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter).

The Revolving Facility will terminate on February 20, 2018, with springing maturities 91 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the Company's Extended Term Loans and 2015 Senior Notes (each as defined hereinafter) all of which mature prior to the termination date of this Revolving Facility.

Borrowings against the Revolving Facility bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A LIBOR rate borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter; or

• An Alternate Base Rate ("ABR") borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to the greatest of:

• The prime rate of Citibank;

▪ Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%; and

▪ LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1%,

plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter.

16

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The Revolving Facility has a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum if the average utilization of the Revolving Facility for the preceding fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the total commitments and 0.375% per annum if the average utilization for the preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the total commitments. The Revolving Facility has a weighted average fee of 2.00% for issued letters of credit.

The Revolving Facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or capitalized lease obligations, or issue disqualified or preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (v) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vi) make investments or acquisitions; (vii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (viii) amend certain of the Company's indebtedness; (ix) engage in substantially different lines of business; (x) change the Company's fiscal year; and (xi) engage in speculative hedging transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The Revolving Facility also contains a fixed charge coverage ratio test that may apply if the Company's excess availability falls below specified levels, as well as affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for such facilities.

$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Extended Term Loans

On July 24, 2012, an amendment (the "Amendment") entered into on May 10, 2012 by the Company to its credit agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 (the "Credit Agreement") became effective, thereby extending the maturity of $973.0 of term loans under the Credit Agreement (the "Extended Term Loans") from June 2014 to June 2017 (subject to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity date of the Company's 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter) if such notes have not been repaid, extended or refinanced). The effectiveness of the Amendment was conditioned on, among other customary conditions, the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans, which repayment was made with net proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) and cash on hand. After giving effect to such repayment and the effectiveness of the Amendment, there were $692.8 of Extended Term Loans outstanding and $729.0 of non-extended term loans (the "Non-Extended Term Loans") outstanding. The Company is required to repay the Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 10% of the original extended amount after giving effect to the $280.2 prepayment thereof required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. The Amendment also includes several covenants in addition to those covenants in the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Extended Term Loans outstanding was 5.4% at September 30, 2013.

The Extended Term Loans bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.25% per annum.

Non-Extended Term Loans

On April 4, 2007, the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries as co-borrowers entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for a $1,800.0 senior secured term loan (the "Term Loan"), which was fully drawn at closing on May 1, 2007 and was to mature on June 30, 2014 with respect to the Non-Extended Term Loans. The Non-Extended Term Loans were repaid on April 26, 2013 with proceeds from the Tranche B-3 Term Loans. The Company was required to repay the Non-Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original principal amount multiplied by the ratio of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment to the total Non-Extended Term Loans and Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment prior to giving effect to the prepayment required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that a portion of the Company's excess cash flow be applied to prepay amounts borrowed, as further described below. The Credit Agreement also provided for a $100.0 revolving credit facility (the "Revolver"). The Revolver included an up to $60.0 subfacility in the form of letters of credit and an up to $30.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swing line loans. The Revolver was terminated on February 20, 2013 upon the execution of the new Revolving Facility.

Under certain circumstances, the Company is permitted to incur additional term loan and/or revolving credit facility indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250.0. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement, the 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter), and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) allow the Company to incur substantial additional debt.

17

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The Non-Extended Term Loans bore, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum.

The Company and each of its existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries, certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that do not guarantee other debt of the Company and subject to certain other exceptions, are guarantors and may also be co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company's direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company's, each of the co-borrowers' and the guarantors' tangible and intangible assets and equity interests (other than voting stock in excess of 65.0% of the outstanding voting stock of each direct foreign subsidiary and certain other excluded property).

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets, loans, acquisitions, restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions. The Company has the right to prepay the term loans at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain breakage costs. The Company is required to prepay the term loans with 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement, with certain reductions set forth in the Credit Agreement, based on achievement and maintenance of leverage ratios) and 100% of the net proceeds of certain issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than permitted debt). Each such prepayment will be applied first to the next eight unpaid quarterly amortization installments on the term loans and second to the remaining amortization installments on the term loans on a pro rata basis. No excess cash flow payment was required in 2013 with respect to 2012. In March 2012, an excess cash flow payment of $12.5 was paid with respect to 2011. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement such excess cash flow payments were applied against other mandatory payments due in the same year of the excess cash flow payment.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Such events of default include, but are not limited to: non-payment of amounts when due; violation of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; cross default and cross acceleration with respect to other material debt; bankruptcy and other insolvency events; certain ERISA events; invalidity of guarantees or security documents; and material judgments. Some of these events of default allow for grace periods.

If a change of control (as defined in the Credit Agreement) occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to prepay all outstanding term loans under the Credit Agreement at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, and lenders holding a majority of the revolving credit commitments may elect to terminate the revolving credit commitments in full. The Company is also required to offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales under certain circumstances.

Senior Notes due 2015

On May 1, 2007, the Company issued $305.0 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Floating Rate Notes") and $310.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Fixed Rate Notes" and, together with the Floating Rate Notes, the "2015 Senior Notes"). The 2015 Senior Notes mature on May 15, 2015. The Fixed Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum of 9.50%, payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined in the indenture governing the 2015 Senior Notes (the "2015 Senior Notes Indenture")), subject to a floor of 1.25%, plus 4.75%, payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The interest rate on the Floating Rate Notes was 6.0% at September 30, 2013. The Senior Notes are unsecured and are therefore effectively subordinated to all of the Company's senior secured indebtedness, including outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes. The Company and each of its existing subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries and certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain other exceptions, are guarantors and may also be co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes.

The 2015 Senior Notes Indenture contains customary restrictive covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on the Company's ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge or consolidate and transfer or sell assets. The Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2015 Senior Notes upon the occurrence of a "change of control," as defined in the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company must also offer to repurchase the 2015 Senior Notes with the proceeds from

18

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

certain sales of assets, if it does not apply those proceeds within a specified time period after the sale, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

On July 24, 2012, the Company and Harland Clarke Corp., Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Scantron Corporation and Checks in the Mail, Inc. (together, the "Co-Issuers") issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes"). Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. was released from its obligations as a Co-Issuer and Guarantor (as defined below) in connection with the divestiture of HFS (see Notes 1 and 4). The Company used the net proceeds from the offering, together with cash on hand, to repay $280.2 aggregate principal amount of outstanding Extended Term Loans under its Credit Agreement.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture"), among the Company, the Co-Issuers, certain of the Company's domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"). The Guarantors have guaranteed (the "Guarantees") the Company's and Co-Issuers' obligations under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture on a senior secured basis. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among the Company, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral trustee (the "Collateral Trustee") and a Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings named therein, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as credit agreement collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and as collateral trustee.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes mature on August 1, 2018. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum, payable on each February 1 and August 1 to holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 of each year.

On May 20, 2013, the Company completed an additional offering of $50.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Additional Notes") pursuant to the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and supplemented on February 20, 2013 (as so supplemented, the "Indenture") under which the Company previously issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Original Notes", and together with the Additional Notes, the "Notes"). The Additional Notes were sold at a price of 109.00% plus accrued interest from February 1, 2013. The Additional Notes trade as a single series with the Original Notes and are treated substantially the same as the Original Notes under the Indenture. On June 19, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings used proceeds from the Additional Notes to repay and retire $50.0 of the Fixed Rate Notes.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantees are senior secured obligations of the Guarantors. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees rank as follows: (i) secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that are secured by pari passu liens on the collateral, including their existing senior secured credit facilities; (ii) effectively junior to all of the Company's, Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under any future asset-based revolving credit facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral held by the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; (iii) structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any existing and future subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors; (iv) pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and effectively senior to the extent of the value of the collateral to any future unsecured indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that is secured by liens on the collateral that are junior to the liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees or that is unsecured; and (v) senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, by substantially all of the Company's, the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, if the Company's secured leverage ratio exceeds certain levels, the Company will be required to offer to purchase an amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes equal to the greater of (1) $15.0 and (2) 50% of its excess cash flow for the applicable period, less any voluntary prepayments of 2018 Senior Secured Notes or credit facility indebtedness and certain mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period and subject to certain other exceptions, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest. Upon the occurrence of a change of control or if the Company sells certain assets, the Company may be required to make an offer to purchase the 2018 Senior Secured Notes at certain specified prices.

19

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the Company's, the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' ability to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (iv) repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; (v) make investments or acquisitions; (vi) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (vii) incur restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to the Company; (viii) enter into transactions with the Company's affiliates; (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all assets; and (x) transfer or sell assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for indentures governing high-yield debt securities.

Faneuil Revolving Credit Facilities

Faneuil had a $35.5 revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Agreement"), which was to mature on June 1, 2012 and was paid in full on January 25, 2012. The Revolving Credit Agreement allowed Faneuil to choose from two different interest rate options. The first option was LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum and the second option was Prime Rate minus 1.25%. The Revolving Credit Agreement contained certain covenants and restrictions including covenants and restrictions related to change of control, mergers, dissolution, accounting methodology, indebtedness, dividends and distributions. The Revolving Credit Agreement was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Faneuil, and was secured by a pledge of the shares of Faneuil's parent.

On January 25, 2012, Faneuil entered into a new $25.0, two-year, revolving credit agreement with MacAndrews & Forbes Group LLC, which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews. This revolver was drawn in full on January 25, 2012 and the proceeds, along with cash on hand, were used to pay in full the outstanding balance of $25.6 plus all accrued interest under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Faneuil terminated the Revolving Credit Agreement and it is no longer available for borrowing.

On March 19, 2012, in connection with the Faneuil Acquisition, Faneuil's $25.0 revolving credit facility with MacAndrews & Forbes Group LLC was extinguished and Faneuil no longer has any loans outstanding.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the repayment of $726.6 of the Non-Extended Term Loans and $50.0 of Fixed Rate Notes in the second quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt of $61.0 resulting from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount, which was attributable to the MacAndrews Acquisition.

In connection with the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans in the third quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $34.2 resulting from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount, which was attributable to the MacAndrews Acquisition.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company had outstanding capital lease obligations with principal balances totaling $3.2 and $3.1 at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These obligations have imputed interest rates ranging from 0.0% to 9.6% and have required payments of $0.5 remaining in 2013, $1.7 in 2014, $0.5 in 2015, $0.4 in 2016 and $0.1 in 2017.

13. Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Hedges

The Company uses hedge transactions, which are accounted for as cash flow hedges, to limit the Company's risk on a portion of its variable-rate debt.

During June 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $350.0, which became effective on June 30, 2009 and expired on June 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.353%. During September 2009, the Company entered into an additional interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $250.0, which became effective on September 30, 2009 and expired on September 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.140%.

During June 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $255.0, which became effective on June 30, 2010 and expired on June 30, 2013. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 1.264%.

20

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The following presents the fair values of these derivative instruments and the classification in the consolidated balance sheets.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedging Instruments:	Balance Sheet Classification	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Interest rate swaps	Other current liabilities	$	—	$	1.3

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk.

These derivative instruments were ineffective during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The following presents the effect of these derivative instruments (effective and ineffective portion) on other comprehensive loss and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense.

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest Rate Swaps:
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)	—		0.3		—		1.8

The following presents the balances and net changes in the accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these derivative instruments, net of income taxes.

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
Balances and Net Changes:	2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.1
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net of taxes of $0.0	(0.1		)
Balance at end of period	$	—

There were no balances related to these derivative instruments in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the nine months period ended September 30, 2013.

14. Fair Value Measurements

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 for the Harland Clarke segment and $0.9 for the Scantron segment related to assets that were determined to have no future use.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.5 for the Faneuil segment related to abandoned leasehold improvements resulting from the loss of a client and $0.2 for the Harland Clarke segment related to assets that were determined to have limited future use.

21

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Fair values of financial instruments subject to recurring fair value measurements as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

	Balance at
	September 30, 2013		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—

	Balance at
	December 31, 2012		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—
Liability for interest rate swaps	1.3		—		1.3		—

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk. Fair value of corporate equity securities is based on quoted market prices.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Most of the Company's clients are in the financial services and educational industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not generally require collateral. Actual losses and allowances have been within management's expectations.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is determined by Level 2 inputs and is based primarily on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues as of the measurement date. The estimated fair value of long-term debt at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was approximately $2,080.7 and $1,984.4, respectively. The carrying value of long-term debt at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $1,929.3 and $1,847.8 respectively. As described in Note 1, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt was adjusted to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

15. Investments

Equity Method Investment

During 2012, the Company purchased certain equity securities of Transactis, Inc. ("Transactis"), a privately held company, representing a 15.6%ownership interest for $7.0 in cash. The Company accounts for this investment using the equity method due to its ability to influence operating and financial matters of Transactis through its representation on the Transactis board of directors and certain rights under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The assets, liabilities and results of operations are not significant to the Company's financial position or results of operations. The carrying value of this investment at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was$6.4and $6.9, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Marketable Securities

The Company's marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at their fair values, which are as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Balance at September 30, 2013:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Balance at December 31, 2012:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company sold its United States treasury securities, which were to mature in 2014, for $56.3 in cash and recognized a loss of $0.2, which is included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

22

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Various legal proceedings, claims and investigations are pending against the Company, including those relating to commercial transactions, intellectual property matters, environmental matters and other matters. Certain of these matters are covered by insurance, subject to deductibles and maximum limits. In the opinion of management based upon the information available at this time, the outcome of the matters referred to above will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

17. Restructuring

Harland Clarke and Corporate

The Company adopted plans during 2011, 2012 and 2013 to realize cost savings in the Harland Clarke segment and Corporate by consolidating printing plants, contact centers and selling, general and administrative functions.

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals under its plans related to the Harland Clarke segment and Corporate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	6.4	$	1.2	$	(4.1	)	$	—		$	3.5
Facilities closures and other costs	2.4		6.7		(1.9		)	(4.3		)	2.9
Total	$	8.8	$	7.9	$	(6.0	)	$	(4.3	)	$	6.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	4.5	$	7.5	$	(5.1	)	$	—		$	6.9
Facilities closures and other costs	3.0		1.6		(1.4		)	(0.8		)	2.4
Total	$	7.5	$	9.1	$	(6.5	)	$	(0.8	)	$	9.3

The non-cash utilization of $4.3 and $0.8 in 2013 and 2012, respectively, in the table above includes adjustments to the carrying value of other property, plant and equipment. The Company expects to incur in future periods an additional $1.6 for costs related to these plans. The Company expects to make payments for severance and severance-related costs through 2014. Ongoing lease commitments related to these plans continue through 2017.

Scantron

During 2013, the Company adopted a plan in the Scantron segment to exit certain product lines in the education market. The plan resulted in the closure of four leased facilities and the elimination of operations and selling, general and administrative expenses associated with those product lines, largely occurring in the second quarter of 2013.

The Company previously adopted plans during 2011 and 2012 to realize cost savings in the Scantron segment by consolidating certain operations and eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Scantron segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	3.2	$	4.0	$	(5.2	)	$	—		$	2.0
Facilities and other costs	0.9		2.6		(2.0		)	(0.8		)	0.7
Total	$	4.1	$	6.6	$	(7.2	)	$	(0.8	)	$	2.7
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	2.0	$	4.1	$	(3.0	)	$	—		$	3.1
Facilities and other costs	1.4		1.2		(1.2		)	—			1.4
Total	$	3.4	$	5.3	$	(4.2	)	$	—		$	4.5

23

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The non-cash utilization in the table above includes adjustments to the carrying value of other property, plant and equipment. Ongoing lease commitments related to these plans continue to 2018. The Company expects to make payments for severance and severance-related costs through 2014.

Faneuil

The Company adopted a plan in 2012 to realize cost savings in the Faneuil segment by consolidating certain operations and eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses. The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Faneuil segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	0.6	$	0.4	$	(0.7	)	$	0.3
Facilities and other costs	0.2		—		(0.1		)	0.1
Total	$	0.8	$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	0.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	—	$	0.9	$	—		$	0.9
Facilities and other costs	—		0.9		(0.3		)	0.6
Total	$	—	$	1.8	$	(0.3	)	$	1.5

Restructuring accruals for all of the segments' plans are reflected in other current liabilities and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to pay the remaining severance, facilities and other costs related to the segments’ restructuring plans through 2018.

18. Transactions with Related Parties

Insurance

The Company participates in MacAndrews' directors and officers insurance program, which covers the Company as well as MacAndrews and MacAndrews' other affiliates. The limits of coverage are available on aggregate losses to any or all of the participating companies and their respective directors and officers. The Company reimburses MacAndrews for its allocable portion of the premiums for such coverage, which the Company believes is more favorable than premiums the Company could secure were it to secure its own coverage. At September 30, 2013, the Company recorded prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.7 and $1.1, respectively, relating to the directors and officers insurance program. At December 31, 2012, the Company recorded prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.7 and $1.0, respectively, related to the directors and officers insurance program. The Company paid $1.0 and $1.9 to MacAndrews during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, under the directors and officers insurance program. The Company also participates in certain other insurance programs with MacAndrews under which it pays premiums directly to the insurance broker.

Tax Sharing Agreement

The Company, MacAndrews and certain other subsidiaries of MacAndrews entered into a tax sharing agreement on December 21, 2011, whereby MacAndrews files consolidated federal income tax returns on the Company's behalf. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Company makes periodic payments to MacAndrews. These payments are based on the applicable federal income tax liability that the Company would have had for each taxable period if the Company had not been included in the MacAndrews consolidated group. Similar provisions apply with respect to any foreign, state or local income or franchise tax returns filed by any MacAndrews consolidated, combined or unitary group for each period that the Company is included in any such group for foreign, state or local tax purposes. The Company made net payments to MacAndrews of $228.3 and $270.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $22.4 and $70.6 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

Notes Receivable

On December 27, 2011, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with its indirect parent, MacAndrews, whereby MacAndrews could borrow an amount not exceeding $30.0. The facility is unsecured, bears interest at LIBOR plus 2% and matures in December 2013. The facility was drawn in full by MacAndrews on December 27, 2011 and remained outstanding at September 30, 2013. Interest income of $0.2 and $0.5 was recorded and related payments were received during

24

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively. Interest income of $0.2 and $0.6 was recorded and related payments were received during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

Other

The Company expensed $0.6 and $2.0 during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.6 and $2.0 during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively, for services provided to the Company by M & F Worldwide. This amount is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses.

During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid cash dividends of $29.2 and $25.8, respectively, to M & F Worldwide as permitted by restricted payment baskets within the Company's debt agreements.

On March 19, 2012, the Company completed the Faneuil Acquisition from affiliates of MacAndrews, its indirect parent (see Note 3). In connection with the Faneuil Acquisition, Faneuil's revolving credit facility with an affiliate of MacAndrews, which was entered into on January 25, 2012, was extinguished (see Note 12).

19. Subsequent Event

On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil, Inc. ("Faneuil"), its wholly-owned business process outsourcing subsidiary, to ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc. ("ALJ") for consideration consisting of $25.0 in cash, a $25.0 two year note to the Company and 3.0 million shares of ALJ's common stock. The sale did not include Faneuil's Harland Technology Services business, which was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after October 18, 2013 and the Company is currently evaluating the impact of the divestiture on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

25

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 should be read in conjunction with the more detailed financial information contained in our consolidated financial statements and their notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Overview of Business

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. ("Harland Clarke Holdings" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") is a holding company that conducts its operations through its direct and indirect, wholly owned operating subsidiaries and was incorporated in Delaware on October 19, 2005. The Company is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp. ("M & F Worldwide"), which is, as of December 21, 2011, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MacAndrews"). MacAndrews is wholly owned by Ronald O. Perelman. On September 12, 2011, M & F Worldwide agreed to merge with an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews, and, following a vote of stockholders of M & F Worldwide and the satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions, that merger was effected on December 21, 2011 (the "MacAndrews Acquisition").

As a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition, which resulted in a change in ownership of M & F Worldwide, the Company was required to use the acquisition method of accounting to revalue its assets and liabilities as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Such accounting results in a number of changes, including, but not limited to, decreased revenues as a result of fair value adjustments to deferred revenues, increased depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of assets and increased non-cash interest expense that results from adjusting the Company's long-term debt to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

On August 16, 2013, the Company completed the sale of each of Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel Ltd. (collectively, "HFS") to affiliates of Davis + Henderson Corporation. The consideration received by the Company for the sale was approximately $1.2 billion in cash. The Company entered into an ancillary agreement providing for certain transitional services for a limited time to the buyer on terms customary for a transaction of this type. Results of operations for HFS through August 16, 2013, including the related gain, are reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q (see Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q). Results of operations for HFS are not included in segment or consolidated results of operations other than as discontinued operations and prior periods have been reclassified to remove results of operations for HFS from results reported for continuing operations.

On March 19, 2012, the Company purchased Faneuil, Inc. ("Faneuil") from affiliates of MacAndrews (see Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q). Under accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control, the Company has accounted for the purchase at historical cost and has retrospectively recasted prior periods under common control to include Faneuil operations. The Company and Faneuil came under common control on December 21, 2011, the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Faneuil is a separate business segment for financial reporting purposes. On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil (see Note 19 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q).

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company transferred certain product and service lines from the Scantron segment to other segments. Specifically, Scantron transferred the Harland Technology Services ("HTS") and Medical Device Tracking ("MDT") businesses to the Faneuil segment and the Survey Services business to the Harland Clarke segment. Prior period segment information has been reclassified to reflect this change. With the October 18, 2013 sale of Faneuil, the Harland Technology Services business was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after that date.

Harland Clarke Holdings delivers to multiple industries a robust portfolio of products and services designed to optimize customer relationships and generate revenue. Its business units have long been recognized as leading providers of best-in-class payment solutions, marketing services, data capture and analytics − delivered through multiple channels, including online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke Holdings' portfolio offers retail products, high-value transactional print and electronic documentation, security solutions and business intelligence. Its skills in capturing, managing, analyzing and delivering data measurement and assessment information, through both print and digital channels, supports decision-making and improved outcomes for organizations worldwide. Harland Clarke Holdings serves the financial, insurance and investment services industries, as well as education, big-box retailing, accounting software, commercial, government and franchising. Its clients, including more than 8,500 financial institutions, range in size from major corporate brands and trade associations, to state and local governments, micro-businesses and individual consumers.

The Harland Clarke segment offers to its more than 12,500 financial institution and commercial clients a range of solutions to support their success. These include payment solutions, security solutions, forms and treasury supplies and related

26

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

delivery and fraud prevention products, as well as transactional print and electronic documentation, including statements, compliance documents and communications. It provides marketing services including inbound and outbound contact center solutions and direct marketing campaigns delivered through the multiple channels of online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke offers a spectrum of solutions based upon business intelligence and analytic services that range from surveys, database mining, strategic planning, creative development and production through fulfillment. Harland Clarke offers online customized social and business stationery, cards, office products and promotional products directly to consumers, small and medium businesses and direct selling associations. It also services some of the largest accounting software firms and big-box retailers by developing and managing e-commerce sites for the online ordering of customizable printed materials.

The Scantron segment provides data management and decision support solutions and related services to educational, commercial and governmental entities worldwide. Scantron products and services provide solutions for testing and assessment, instruction and performance management and business operational data collection. Scantron's solutions combine a variety of data collection, analysis and management tools including online solutions, software, scanning equipment, and pre-printed and customized forms.

The Faneuil segment provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to governmental and regulated commercial clients. The Faneuil segment also provides patient information collection and tracking services, managed technical services and related field maintenance services to educational, commercial, healthcare and governmental entities.

Refinancing Transactions

On May 20, 2013, the Company completed the issuance of additional 2018 Senior Secured Notes. Proceeds from the issuance were used to repay and retire $50.0 million principal amount of fixed rate 2015 Senior Notes. On April 26, 2013, the Company completed a transaction to refinance its non-extended term loans that were to mature in June 2014. On February 20, 2013, the Company completed certain refinancing transactions with respect to its revolving credit facility dated as of April 4, 2007. On July 24, 2012, the Company completed certain refinancing transactions with respect to its credit agreement dated as of April 4, 2007, as amended on May 10, 2012. See Note 12 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

NCP Solutions Acquisition

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of NCP Solutions, LLC ("NCP Solutions") for $35.2 million, net of cash acquired of $0.3 million, and after giving effect to working capital adjustments of $0.5 million (the "NCP Solutions Acquisition"). NCP Solutions is a leading end-to-end communications solutions provider to consumer finance companies, banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage subservicers, credit unions, auto and equipment finance companies, auto service contract providers, direct marketing companies, healthcare and health insurance companies, check producers and various other customers. The NCP Solutions business is included in the Harland Clarke segment for financial reporting purposes.

Faneuil

On March 19, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company purchased 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of New Faneuil, Inc. ("New Faneuil") for $70.0 million in cash (the "Faneuil Acquisition") from affiliates of MacAndrews. The Company financed the Faneuil Acquisition with Harland Clarke Holdings' cash on hand. New Faneuil, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Faneuil, provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to governmental and regulated commercial clients across the United States. On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil (see Note 19 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q).

Economic and Other Factors Affecting the Businesses of the Company

Harland Clarke

While total non-cash payments - including checks, credit cards, debit cards and other electronic forms of payment - are growing, the number of checks written continues to decline, although at a slower rate of decline in the past two years compared to the decline experienced during the height of the financial crisis. Harland Clarke maintains that the number of checks printed is driven by the number of checks written, the number of new checking accounts opened and reorders reflecting changes in consumers' personal situations, such as name or address changes. In recent years, Harland Clarke has experienced check unit declines at a higher rate than in the past, as evidenced by recent period-over-period declines in Harland Clarke revenue which are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this report and other recently filed reports on Form 10-K and Form 10‑Q. Harland Clarke believes these higher rates of decline are attributable at least in part to changing business strategies of certain of our financial institution clients and an increase in the use of alternative non-cash payments in addition to other factors. Harland Clarke is unable to determine the extent to which other factors such as economic and financial market difficulties, the depth and

27

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

length of the economic downturn, higher unemployment, decreased openings of checking accounts and decreased consumer spending have also contributed to the higher rates of decline. As mentioned, beginning in 2011, this trend of higher check unit declines improved slightly from that experienced in recent years and continues to the present. However, Harland Clarke is unable to determine at this time if this improvement to the trend will continue. Harland Clarke still expects that check unit volume will continue to decline, resulting in a corresponding decrease in check revenues and depending on the nature and relative magnitude of the causes for the decreases, such decreases may not be mitigated as and when overall economic conditions improve.

Harland Clarke continues managing its costs, overhead and facilities to reflect the decline in check unit volumes. However, the business anticipates that in the future, it will not be able to mitigate the revenue declines from declining check unit volumes through cost management, which could negatively affect Harland Clarke's margins. Therefore, Harland Clarke remains focused on growing its non-check related products and services, optimizing its existing catalog of offerings and developing or acquiring new or expanded offerings, in each case to better serve its clients. Harland Clarke does not believe that organic growth and revenues from non-check related products and services will fully offset revenue declines from declining check unit volumes.

Harland Clarke's primary competition comes from alternative payment methods such as debit cards, credit cards, ACH, and other electronic and online payment options. Harland Clarke also competes with large providers that offer a wide variety of products and services including Deluxe Corporation, Harte-Hanks, Inc., and R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company. There are also many other competitors that specialize in providing one or more of the products and services Harland Clarke offers to its clients. Harland Clarke competes on the basis of service, convenience, quality, product range, price and the value its solutions deliver to clients.

The Harland Clarke segment's operating results are also affected by consumer confidence and employment. Consumer confidence directly correlates with consumer spending, while employment also affects revenues through the number of new checking accounts being opened. The Harland Clarke segment's operating results may be negatively affected by slow or negative growth of, or downturns in, the United States economy. Business confidence affects a portion of the Harland Clarke segment. In addition, if Harland Clarke's financial institution customers fail or merge with other financial institutions, Harland Clarke may lose any or all revenue from such financial institutions and/or experience further pricing pressure, which would negatively affect Harland Clarke's operating results.

Scantron

While the number of tests given annually in K-12 and higher education continues to grow, the demand for optical mark reader paper-based testing has declined and is expected to continue to decline. Changes in educational funding can affect the rate at which schools adopt new technology thus slowing the decline for paper-based testing but also slowing the demand for Scantron's online testing products. Educational funding changes may also reduce the rate of consumption of Scantron's forms and purchase of additional hardware to process these forms. Scantron's education-based customers may turn to lower cost solutions for paper-based forms and hardware in furtherance of addressing their budget needs. A weak economy in the United States may negatively affect education budgets and spending, which would have an adverse effect on Scantron's operating results. Scantron's recent exit from certain product lines in the education market may also have an adverse effect on its ongoing business and business prospects. Scantron is subject to federal and state educational budget allotments. In the current economic and political landscapes, these budget allotments may come under pressure and could be reduced, thus affecting customer willingness to invest in Scantron products.

Data collection is also experiencing a conversion to non-paper based methods of collection. Scantron believes this trend will also continue as the availability of these alternative technologies becomes more widespread. While Scantron's non-paper data collection business could benefit from this trend, Scantron's paper-based data collection business could be negatively affected by this trend. Changes in the overall economy can affect the demand for data collection to the extent that Scantron's customers adjust their research or testing expenditures.

Scantron must successfully develop new products and solutions to respond to the significant changes in the educational testing and data collection industry due to customer requirements, technological and regulatory changes. Scantron must continue to keep pace with changes in testing and data collection technology and the needs of its clients. The development of new education-related technologies depends on the timing and costs of the development effort, product performance, functionality, customer acceptance, adoption rates and competition, all of which could have a negative effect on our business. If Scantron is not able to adopt new electronic data collection and other education technology-related solutions at a rate that keeps pace with other technological advances, or in a manner that results in meaningful customer adoption, the business, business prospects, results of operations and financial condition of Scantron could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, Scantron has taken actions to and may from time to time, depending on the foregoing and other factors, determine to limit investment in, restrict marketing efforts for or discontinue certain of its products which are not part of Scantron's evolving

28

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

strategic plans. Actions to further limit Scantron's product lines could have other negative consequences on Scantron's business and its relationships with customers and suppliers.

Scantron enters into contracts with customers that provide for multiple products and services or "elements," such as software, implementation, configuration, training and maintenance (referred to as "multiple-element contracts"). In order to recognize revenue for each element of the contract separately as earned, the relevant accounting guidance requires that the Company have "vendor-specific objective evidence", or "VSOE", of fair value of each element. VSOE of fair value of each element is typically based on the price charged when sold separately. The Company does not yet have sufficient history with sales of products and services associated with acquisitions completed in 2010 and 2011 to establish VSOE for elements within their contracts. As a result, for such contracts, the entire contract is bundled as a single unit for accounting purposes with revenue being recognized ratably over the initial term of the contract commencing with the delivery of the software or the completion of implementation services if such services are essential to the functionality of the software. This methodology results in substantial deferral of revenue into future periods, while the related costs, with the exception of direct implementation costs, are expensed as incurred rather than deferred. In addition, revenue from contracts that are subject to substantive customer acceptance provisions is deferred until the acceptance provisions have been met.

See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for additional information regarding revenue recognition policies.

Faneuil

The Faneuil segment provides outsourcing solutions and information technology solutions to customers throughout the United States.

Faneuil is an outsourcer for government services and highly regulated industries with a focus on industries that remain robust under normal economic conditions, e.g., transportation, utilities, state agencies, municipal governments and healthcare. During economic downturns, the ability of both private and governmental entities to make expenditures may decline. Faneuil cannot be certain that economic or political conditions will be generally favorable or that there will not be significant fluctuations which adversely affect Faneuil's industry as a whole or key markets targeted by Faneuil. As Faneuil's operations are, in part, dependent upon government funding, significant decreases in the level of government funding could have an unfavorable effect on Faneuil's operating results.

Faneuil's business is subject to a variety of program related risks, including changes in political and other circumstances, particularly since contracts for major programs are performed over extended periods of time. These risks include the failure of applicable governing authorities to take necessary actions, opposition by third parties to specific programs and the failure by customers to obtain adequate financing for particular programs. Due to these factors, losses on a select contract or contracts could occur, and Faneuil could experience significant changes in operating results.

Faneuil's primary competition comes from other large providers of toll services such as Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. ("ACS") and TransCore, Inc., and providers of customer contact center services such as ACS and Convergys Corporation. If Faneuil cannot compete effectively, it will negatively affect its operating results. To remain competitive, Faneuil must continuously implement new technologies, expand its portfolio of outsourced services and may have to make occasional strategic adjustments to its pricing for its services.

Faneuil's operations are positively affected by the growing trend in government agencies to outsource their internal operations to address shrinking budgets and eliminate the historically higher costs associated with staffing government programs. Tolling operations are expected to increase across the country in an effort to provide new funding for government agencies realizing budgetary cutbacks as a result of the prevailing economic climate. Similarly, governments and other highly regulated businesses are seeking economic efficiencies by outsourcing their customer contact centers. While Faneuil will look to take advantage of these opportunities, some of these opportunities require performance bonds, and there can be no assurance that bonds will be available on reasonable terms.

Faneuil's HTS business is a nationwide information technology solutions and services provider offering installation, implementation, maintenance and repair, managed services and managed print services for computers, networks, printers, Scantron's data collection devices and a variety of other technology equipment. HTS provides these services to customers of all sizes nationwide in a variety of industries, e.g., banking, education, government, commercial businesses and healthcare. HTS competes with other hardware manufacturers that have a significant market-share in a highly fragmented environment. Falling technology prices and better hardware reliability pose a threat to the business, and HTS has expanded its focus to increase its sales of managed services solutions in response to these market trends.

See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for additional information regarding the divestiture of certain Faneuil businesses on October 18, 2013. Faneuil's HTS business was

29

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

excluded from the divestiture and was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after October 18, 2013.

Restructuring

The Company has taken restructuring actions in the past in an effort to achieve manufacturing and contact center efficiencies and other cost savings. Past restructuring actions have related to both acquisitions and ongoing cost reduction initiatives and have included manufacturing plant closures, contact center closures and workforce rationalization. The Company anticipates future restructuring actions, where appropriate, to realize process efficiencies, to continue to align its cost structure with business needs and remain competitive in the marketplace. The Company expects to incur severance and severance-related costs, facilities closures costs and other costs such as inventory write-offs, training, hiring and travel in connection with future restructuring actions.

Consolidated Operating Results

The Company has organized its businesses along three reportable segments together with a corporate group for certain support services. The Company's operations are aligned on the basis of products, services and industry. Management measures and evaluates the reportable segments based on operating income. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company transferred certain product and service lines from the Scantron segment to other segments. Specifically, Scantron transferred the HTS and MDT businesses to the Faneuil segment and the Survey Services business to the Harland Clarke segment. Prior period results in the tables below have been reclassified to reflect these business segment changes. The results for the Harland Financial Solutions segment are reported as discontinued operations (see Note 1 and Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q) for all periods presented.

In the tables below, dollars are in millions.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2012

The operating results for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and described below, include the operating results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from May 31, 2013, the date of the acquisition, and the Faneuil businesses that were sold on October 18, 2013. They also include reclassifications related to the business segment changes discussed in the Consolidated Operating Results section above. They do not include operating results for the Harland Financial Solutions segment which are reported as discontinued operations.

Net Revenues:

	Three Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013			2012
Consolidated Net Revenues:
Harland Clarke segment	$	303.8		$	286.7
Scantron segment	32.1			30.2
Faneuil segment	42.7			41.6
Eliminations	(0.8		)	(0.6		)
Total	$	377.8		$	357.9

Net revenues increased by $19.9 million, or 5.6%, to $377.8 million in the 2013 period from $357.9 million in the 2012 period.

Net revenues for the Harland Clarke segment increased by $17.1 million, or 6.0%, to $303.8 million in the 2013 period from $286.7 million in the 2012 period primarily due to the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased net revenues by $24.0 million, a $1.3 million increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, a $0.7 million increase in non-check revenues and an additional one-half production day in the 2013 period. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in revenues per unit that decreased net revenues by $10.0 million and a slight volume decline, net of conversions and client losses, that decreased net revenues by $0.7 million. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues and client incentives were a net benefit of $7.9 million in the 2013 period compared to a net benefit of $6.6 million in the 2012 period.

30

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Net revenues for the Scantron segment increased by $1.9 million, or 6.3%, to $32.1 million in the 2013 period from $30.2 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $4.5 million increase in revenues for online products primarily resulting from the recognition of deferred revenues related to contracts that were terminated in the 2013 period due to the discontinuation of certain online products, partially offset by a $2.6 million increase in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition and by volume declines in scanners and forms that reduced net revenues by $0.3 million. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues were $2.6 million in the 2013 period.

Net revenues for the Faneuil segment increased by $1.1 million, or 2.6%, to $42.7 million in the 2013 period from $41.6 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $1.7 million increase from new business contracts and a $0.4 million decrease in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease resulting from a contract price decrease. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues were $0.1 million in the 2013 period compared to $0.5 million in the 2012 period.

Elimination of net revenues increased to $0.8 million in the 2013 period from $0.6 million in the 2012 period primarily due to intersegment sales of information technology services from the Scantron segment to the Harland Clarke segment.

Cost of Revenues:

	Three Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013			2012
Consolidated Cost of Revenues:
Harland Clarke segment	$	190.9		$	180.4
Scantron segment	16.0			16.7
Faneuil segment	32.7			31.2
Eliminations	(0.8		)	(0.6		)
Total	$	238.8		$	227.7

Cost of revenues increased by $11.1 million, or 4.9%, to $238.8 million in the 2013 period from $227.7 million in the 2012 period.

Cost of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment increased by $10.5 million, or 5.8%, to $190.9 million in the 2013 period from $180.4 million in the 2012 period primarily due to the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased cost of revenues by $19.9 million, a $1.8 million increase in professional fees and a $0.8 million increase in depreciation and amortization related to investments in technology. These increases were partially offset by $7.7 million of cost reductions resulting from technology enabled efficiencies and other cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and a $4.5 million decrease in non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $8.4 million in the 2013 period, including $8.5 million in depreciation and amortization and a benefit of $0.1 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to $12.9 million in the 2012 period, including $13.1 million in depreciation and amortization and a benefit of $0.2 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment decreased to 62.8% in the 2013 period from 62.9% in the 2012 period.

Cost of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased by $0.7 million, or 4.2%, to $16.0 million in the 2013 period from $16.7 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a decrease of $1.7 million resulting from volume declines and cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and a $1.6 million increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by a $2.3 million increase resulting from lower cost deferrals in the 2013 period related to implementation services for revenues that have not yet been recognized and from recognition of deferred costs related to contracts that were terminated in the 2013 period due to the discontinuation of certain online products. Net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $6.8 million in the 2013 period, including a $5.5 million benefit in depreciation and amortization and a $1.3 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to a net benefit of $5.2 million in the 2012 period, all in depreciation and amortization. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased to 49.8% in the 2013 period from 55.3% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and an increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments.

31

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Cost of revenues for the Faneuil segment increased by $1.5 million, or 4.8%, to $32.7 million in the 2013 period from $31.2 million in the 2012 period primarily due to an increase in implementation costs related to new contracts and operational costs associated with new business. Net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $0.3 million in the 2013 and 2012 periods, all of which was in depreciation and amortization. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Faneuil segment increased to 76.6% in the 2013 period from 75.0% in the 2012 period due to the change in business mix.

Elimination of cost of revenues increased to $0.8 million in the 2013 period from $0.6 million in the 2012 period primarily due to intersegment sales of information technology services from the Scantron segment to the Harland Clarke segment.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

	Three Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013		2012
Consolidated Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:
Harland Clarke segment	$	48.5	$	43.1
Scantron segment	12.2		15.0
Faneuil segment	4.9		5.5
Corporate	7.2		4.6
Total	$	72.8	$	68.2

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.6 million, or 6.7%, to $72.8 million in the 2013 period from $68.2 million in the 2012 period.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Harland Clarke segment increased by $5.4 million, or 12.5%, to $48.5 million in the 2013 period from $43.1 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $2.8 million accrual for legal matters, the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $2.7 million, a $1.2 million increase in general overhead expenses and a $0.4 million increase in advertising expenses, partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in depreciation and amortization not related to acquisition accounting and a $0.2 million increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews acquisition were a net benefit of $0.2 million for the 2013 period, all of which was in depreciation and amortization, compared to $0.0 million in the 2012 period, including a $0.6 million charge for depreciation and amortization and a $0.6 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment increased to 16.0% in the 2013 period from 15.0% in the 2012 period primarily due to increased expenses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Scantron segment decreased $2.8 million, or 18.7%, to $12.2 million in the 2013 period from $15.0 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a decrease of $4.7 million resulting from cost reduction and restructuring initiatives, a $0.3 million decrease in costs related to projects to increase efficiencies and a $0.3 million decrease in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million due to higher depreciation unrelated to acquisition accounting, a decrease in capitalization of software development costs and a decrease in cost deferrals related to implementation services for revenues that have not yet been recognized. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $0.1 million for the 2013 period, including $0.2 million in depreciation and amortization and a $0.1 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to $0.4 million in the 2012 period, all in depreciation and amortization. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased to 38.0% in the 2013 period from 49.7% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reduction and restructuring initiatives.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Faneuil segment decreased by $0.6 million, or 10.9%, to $4.9 million in the 2013 period from $5.5 million in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reductions of $0.9 million, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in operational costs associated with new business. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Faneuil segment decreased to 11.5% in the 2013 period from 13.2% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reductions and a change in business mix.

Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 56.5%, to $7.2 million in the 2013 period from $4.6 million in the 2012 period primarily due to an increase in corporate development activities.

32

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Asset Impairment Charges

During the 2013 period, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 million for the Scantron segment related to assets that were determined to have no future use. During the 2012 period, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.5 million for the Faneuil segment related to abandoned leasehold improvements resulting from the loss of a client and $0.2 million for the Harland Clarke segment related to assets that were determined to have limited future use.

Restructuring Costs

The Company has adopted plans to strengthen operating margins and leverage incremental synergies within the printing plants, contact centers and selling, general and administrative areas by relying on the Company's shared services capabilities and reorganizing certain operations and sales and support functions. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company adopted a plan in the Scantron segment to exit certain product lines in the education market, which resulted in the closure of leased facilities and the elimination of operations and selling, general and administrative expenses associated with those product lines.

In the 2013 period, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $1.9 million for the Harland Clarke segment and a benefit of $0.3 million for the Scantron segment related to these plans. In the 2012 period, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $6.4 million for the Harland Clarke segment, $3.7 million for the Scantron segment and $1.5 million for the Faneuil segment related to these plans.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $53.5 million in the 2013 period compared to $56.3 million in the 2012 period. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to the principal amount of debt outstanding at the time of the MacAndrews Acquisition that resulted in an $13.3 million decrease in non-cash interest expense, partially offset by the refinancing of a portion of outstanding debt at higher interest rates and an increase in amortization of deferred financing fees and issuance discounts. In addition, other fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred financing costs and interest rate swaps resulted in a $4.2 million increase in non-cash interest expense.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt of $34.2 million in the 2012 period, which was attributable to refinancing transactions, resulted from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount related to the MacAndrews Acquisition (see Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q).

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes on Continuing Operations

The Company's effective tax rate on continuing operations was a provision of 30.9% in the 2013 period and a benefit 39.2% in the 2012 period. The provision for the 2013 period is lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the domestic production activities deduction.

Nine Months EndedSeptember 30, 2013 Compared to Nine Months EndedSeptember 30, 2012

The operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and described below, include the operating results of the acquired Faneuil business for the full period since Faneuil and the Company were under common control during each of the periods. They include the operating results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from May 31, 2013, the date of the acquisition, and the Faneuil businesses that were sold on October 18, 2013. They also include reclassifications related to the business segment changes discussed in the Consolidated Operating Results section above. They do not include operating results for the Harland Financial Solutions segment which are reported as discontinued operations.

33

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Net Revenues:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013			2012
Consolidated Net Revenues:
Harland Clarke segment	$	874.7		$	866.4
Scantron segment	89.2			89.0
Faneuil segment	122.9			115.4
Eliminations	(2.2		)	(1.7		)
Total	$	1,084.6		$	1,069.1

Net revenues increased by $15.5 million, or 1.4%, to $1,084.6 million in the 2013 period from $1,069.1 million in the 2012 period.

Net revenues for the Harland Clarke segment increased by $8.3 million, or 1.0%, to $874.7 million in the 2013 period from $866.4 million in the 2012 period primarily due to the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased net revenues by $32.0 million, a $1.6 million increase in non-check revenues and a $1.0 million increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by volume declines, net of conversions and client additions and losses, that reduced net revenues by $16.4 million and a decrease in revenues per unit that decreased net revenues by $8.2 million. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues and client incentives were a net benefit of $24.4 million in the 2013 period compared to a net benefit of $23.4 million in the 2012 period.

Net revenues for the Scantron segment increased by $0.2 million, or 0.2%, to $89.2 million in the 2013 period from $89.0 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in revenues for online products primarily resulting from the recognition of deferred revenues related to contracts that were terminated in the 2013 period due to the discontinuation of certain online products, partially offset by volume declines in scanners and forms that reduced net revenues by $4.8 million and a $0.5 million increase in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues were $6.0 million in the 2013 period compared to $5.5 million in the 2012 period.

Net revenues for the Faneuil segment increased by $7.5 million, or 6.5%, to $122.9 million in the 2013 period from $115.4 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $6.1 million increase from new business contracts and a $4.5 million decrease in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by a $3.1 million decrease resulting from a contract price decrease. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred revenues were $0.2 million in the 2013 period compared to $4.7 million in the 2012 period.

Elimination of net revenues increased to $2.2 million in the 2013 period from $1.7 million in the 2012 period primarily due to intersegment sales of information technology services from the Scantron segment to the Harland Clarke segment.

Cost of Revenues:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013			2012
Consolidated Cost of Revenues:
Harland Clarke segment	$	537.5		$	568.8
Scantron segment	49.2			55.1
Faneuil segment	95.1			90.5
Eliminations	(2.2		)	(1.7		)
Total	$	679.6		$	712.7

Cost of revenues decreased by $33.1 million, or 4.6%, to $679.6 million in the 2013 period from $712.7 million in the 2012 period.

34

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Cost of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment decreased by $31.3 million, or 5.5%, to $537.5 million in the 2013 period from $568.8 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $27.0 million decrease in non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, including decreases in depreciation and amortization of $14.4 million and decreases in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments of $12.6 million. The decrease was also due to $26.2 million of cost reductions resulting from technology enabled efficiencies and other cost reduction and restructuring initiatives, a $7.2 million decrease in variable expenses related to volume declines and a $0.5 million decrease in depreciation and amortization not related to acquisition accounting. These decreases were partially offset by the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased cost of revenues by $26.8 million and a $4.2 million increase in professional fees. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $26.9 million in the 2013 period, including $27.2 million in depreciation and amortization and a $0.3 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to $53.9 million in the 2012 period, including $41.6 million in depreciation and amortization and $12.3 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment decreased to 61.4% in the 2013 period from 65.7% in the 2012 period primarily due to technology enabled efficiencies and other cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and a decrease in non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition.

Cost of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased by $5.9 million, or 10.7%, to $49.2 million in the 2013 period from $55.1 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a decrease of $7.4 million resulting from volume declines and cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and a $2.2 million increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition, partially offset by a $3.7 million increase resulting from lower cost deferrals in the 2013 period related to implementation services for revenues that have not yet been recognized and from recognition of deferred costs related to contracts that were terminated in the 2013 period due to the discontinuation of certain online products. Net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $18.6 million in the 2013 period, including a $16.4 million benefit in depreciation and amortization and a benefit of $2.2 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to a $16.4 million benefit in the 2012 period, including a $16.5 million decrease in depreciation and amortization and a $0.1 million charge for other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased to 55.2% in the 2013 period from 61.9% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reduction and restructuring initiatives and an increase in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments.

Cost of revenues for the Faneuil segment increased by $4.6 million, or 5.1%, to $95.1 million in the 2013 period from $90.5 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $3.8 million increase in implementation costs related to new contracts and operational costs associated with the new business and a $0.8 million decrease in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $0.8 million in the 2013 period, all of which was in depreciation and amortization, compared to $1.6 million in the 2012 period, including a $2.3 million benefit in depreciation and amortization and a $0.7 million charge in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the Faneuil segment decreased to 77.4% in the 2013 period from 78.4% in the 2012 period due to the change in business mix.

Elimination of cost of revenues increased to $2.2 million in the 2013 period from $1.7 million in the 2012 period primarily due to intersegment sales of information technology services from the Scantron segment to the Harland Clarke segment.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
	2013		2012
Consolidated Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:
Harland Clarke segment	$	136.4	$	136.5
Scantron segment	40.6		54.6
Faneuil segment	15.4		17.0
Corporate	17.6		13.4
Total	$	210.0	$	221.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $11.5 million, or 5.2%, to $210.0 million in the 2013 period from $221.5 million in the 2012 period.

35

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Harland Clarke segment decreased by $0.1 million, or 0.1%, to $136.4 million in the 2013 period from $136.5 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a $4.4 million decrease resulting from cost reduction and restructuring initiatives largely of labor and general overhead expense reductions, a $2.3 million decrease in advertising expenses and a $1.5 million decrease in depreciation and amortization not related to acquisition accounting, partially offset by the NCP Solutions Acquisition that increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $3.5 million, a $2.8 million accrual for legal matters and a $1.9 million decrease in net benefits for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews acquisition were a net benefit of $0.8 million for the 2013 period, including a $0.6 million benefit in depreciation and amortization and a $0.2 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to a net benefit of $2.7 million in the 2012 period, including a $4.0 million benefit in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments and a $1.3 million increase in depreciation and amortization. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Harland Clarke segment decreased to 15.6% in the 2013 period from 15.8% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reduction and restructuring initiatives.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Scantron segment decreased $14.0 million, or 25.6%, to $40.6 million in the 2013 period from $54.6 million in the 2012 period primarily due to a decrease of $16.7 million resulting from cost reduction and restructuring initiatives, a $2.4 million decrease in costs related to projects to increase efficiencies, partially offset by an increase of $5.3 million primarily due to higher depreciation unrelated to acquisition accounting, a decrease in capitalization of software development costs and a decrease in cost deferrals related to implementation services for revenues that have not yet been recognized and a $0.3 million decrease in charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustment related to the MacAndrews Acquisition. Charges for non-cash fair value acquisition accounting adjustments related to the MacAndrews Acquisition were $0.7 million in the 2013 period, including $0.6 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.1 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, compared to $1.0 million in the 2012 period, including $0.8 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.2 million in other non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Scantron segment decreased to 45.5% in the 2013 period from 61.3% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reduction and restructuring initiatives.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Faneuil segment decreased by $1.6 million, or 9.4%, to $15.4 million in the 2013 period from $17.0 million in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reductions of $2.3 million, partially offset by a $0.7 million increase in operational costs associated with new business. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the Faneuil segment decreased to 12.5% in the 2013 period from 14.7% in the 2012 period primarily due to cost reductions and a change in business mix.

Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.2 million, or 31.3%, to $17.6 million in the 2013 period from $13.4 million in the 2012 period primarily due to an increase in corporate development activities, partially offset by a reduction in expenses related to the MacAndrews Acquisition that occurred in the first quarter of 2012.

Asset Impairment Charges

During the 2013 period, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 million for the Harland Clarke segment and $0.9 million for the Scantron segment related to assets that were determined to have no future use. During the 2012 period, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.5 million for the Faneuil segment related to abandoned leasehold improvements resulting from the loss of a client and $0.2 million for the Harland Clarke segment related to assets that were determined to have limited future use.

Restructuring Costs

The Company has adopted plans to strengthen operating margins and leverage incremental synergies within the printing plants, contact centers and selling, general and administrative areas by relying on the Company's shared services capabilities and reorganizing certain operations and sales and support functions. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company adopted a plan in the Scantron segment to exit certain product lines in the education market, which resulted in the closure of leased facilities and the elimination of operations and selling, general and administrative expenses associated with those product lines.

In the 2013 period, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $7.9 million for the Harland Clarke segment, $6.6 million for the Scantron segment and $0.4 million for the Faneuil segment related to these plans. In the 2012 period, the Company recorded restructuring costs of $9.1 million for the Harland Clarke segment, $5.3 million for the Scantron segment and $1.8 million for the Faneuil segment related to these plans.

Interest Income

Interest income was $0.6 million in the 2013 period compared to $0.7 million in the 2012 period. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to interest received on United States treasury securities in the 2012 period. The United States treasury securities were sold in the first quarter of 2012.

36

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $165.4 million in the 2013 period compared to $166.0 million in the 2012 period. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to the principal amount of debt outstanding at the time of the MacAndrews Acquisition that resulted in a $33.6 million decrease in non-cash interest expense, partially offset by the refinancing of a portion of outstanding debt at higher interest rates and an increase in amortization of deferred financing fees and issuance discounts. In addition, other fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to deferred financing costs and interest rate swaps resulted in a $4.1 million increase in non-cash interest expense.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The non-cash losses on early extinguishment of debt of $61.0 million in the 2013 period and $34.2 million in the 2012 period, which were attributable to refinancing transactions, resulted from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount related to the MacAndrews Acquisition (see Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q).

Other Expense, net

Other expense, net was $0.2 million in the 2012 period due to a loss on the sale of marketable securities.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes on Continuing Operations

The Company's effective tax rate on continuing operations was a benefit of 40.6% in the 2013 period and a benefit of 38.4% in the 2012 period. The benefit for the 2013 period is higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the domestic production activities deduction. The benefit for the 2012 period is different from the statutory rate primarily due to state net operating losses for which no benefit was recorded.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flow Analysis

The following table summarizes the Company's historical cash flows which are presented on a consolidated basis and include cash flows from discontinued operations.

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
(In millions)	2013			2012
Cash (Used In) Provided By:
Operating activities	$	(62.8	)	$	164.5
Investing activities	1,085.2			(37.8		)
Financing activities	(86.6		)	(154.0		)

The Company's net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $62.8 million compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $164.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in net cash used in operating activities of $227.3 million was due to a $227.1 milliondecrease in cash flows from operations and a $0.2 milliondecrease in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities. The $227.1 milliondecrease in cash flow from operations was primarily due to payments of $224.7 million related to taxes on the sale of HFS, the proceeds of which are included in the investing activities section of the cash flow statement. The decrease in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to changes in deferred revenues, inventories, contract acquisition payments and prepaid expenses and other assets totaling $67.2 million largely the result of fair value acquisition accounting adjustment related to the MacAndrews Acquisition and changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other, net totaling $11.4 million, substantially offset by a $79.6 million increase from accruals for income taxes primarily related to the sale of HFS.

The Company's net cash provided by investing activities was $1,085.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $37.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to proceeds of $1,181.9 million from the sale of HFS, net of cash divested and costs to sell, that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and a $2.5 million decrease in expenditures for capitalized computer software development costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012, partially offset by proceeds of $56.3 million from the sale of marketable securities that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and a $6.8 million increase in capital expenditures during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

37

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

The Company's net cash used in financing activities was $86.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $154.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The decrease in net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to a $33.9 million decrease in net repayments of notes and credit agreements, a $33.8 million decrease in payments to parent for the Faneuil Acquisition and a $7.4 million decrease in payments related to derivative instruments, partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in debt issuance costs related to refinancing activities.

Accounting guidance for acquisitions among entities under common control requires the $33.8 million of cash paid in excess of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities assumed for the Faneuil Acquisition to be treated as an equity transaction with the parent in financing activities. The $36.2 million remaining balance of the $70.0 million purchase price is treated as consideration paid to purchase the affiliate in investing activities.

The Company's Consolidated Contractual Obligations and Commitments

There were no material changes to the Company's contractual obligations and commitments as disclosed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 during the three months ended September 30, 2013 except for certain refinancing transactions completed and disclosed in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013.

Liquidity Assessment

The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents, borrowings available under its credit agreement (as further discussed in Note 12 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q) and anticipated cash flow from operating activities will be sufficient to meet the Company's expected operating needs, investment and capital spending requirements and debt service requirements for the foreseeable future.

In addition to normal operating cash, working capital requirements and service of indebtedness, the Company also requires cash to fund capital expenditures, make contract acquisition payments to financial institution clients and enable cost reductions through restructuring projects as follows:

• Capital Expenditures. The Company's capital expenditures are primarily related to infrastructure investments, internally developed software, cost reduction programs, marketing initiatives and other projects that support future revenue growth. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred $53.8 million and $47.0 million of capital expenditures and $0.5 million and $0.4 million of capitalized interest, respectively. These amounts include capital expenditures for discontinued operations of $5.9 million and $6.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and capitalized interest for discontinued operations of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The Company's capital expenditures are estimated to be in the range of $60.0 million to $65.0 million for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, which includes $5.9 million for discontinued operations.

• Contract Acquisition Payments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company made $18.7 million and $36.6 million of contract acquisition payments to its clients, respectively.

• Restructuring/Cost Reductions. Restructuring accruals have been established for anticipated severance payments, costs related to facilities closures and other expenses related to the planned restructuring or consolidation of some of the Company's operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company made $14.0 million and $11.0 million of payments, respectively, for restructuring for continuing operations.

The Company may also, from time to time, seek to use its cash to make acquisitions or investments, and also to retire or purchase its outstanding debt in open market purchases, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Such retirement or purchase of debt may be funded from the operating cash flows of the business or other sources and will depend upon prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors, and the amounts involved may be material. The Company used cash on hand to fund the acquisition of NCP Solutions that was consummated on May 31, 2013. The Company used proceeds from the issuance of senior secured term loans and senior secured notes to fund the repayment of $726.6 million of non-extended term loans in April 2013 and $50.0 million of fixed rate senior notes in June 2013.

Cash Flow Risks

The Company's ability to meet its debt service obligations and reduce its total debt will depend upon its ability to generate cash in the future which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions, many of which are beyond the Company's control. The Company may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or borrow under its credit facility in an amount sufficient to repay its debt or to fund other liquidity needs. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had $23.3 million of availability under its senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (after giving effect to the issuance of $10.4 million of letters of credit), a decrease of $18.6 million from June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to recent divestitures (see Notes 4 and 19 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q). The Company may also use its senior secured asset

38

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

based revolving credit facility to fund potential future acquisitions or investments. If future cash flow from operations and other capital resources are insufficient to pay the Company's obligations as they mature or to fund its liquidity needs, the Company may be forced to reduce or delay business activities and capital expenditures, sell assets, obtain additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance all or a portion of its debt on or before maturity. The Company may not be able to accomplish any of these alternatives on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, the terms of the Company's existing and future indebtedness may limit its ability to pursue any of these alternatives.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

There were no material changes to the Company's Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed on February 25, 2013 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), which is available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, as well as certain of the Company's other public documents and statements and oral statements, contains forward-looking statements that reflect management's current assumptions and estimates of future performance and economic conditions. When used in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects," "intends," "estimates" or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Although the Company believes that its plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements are reasonable, such plans, intentions or expectations may not be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are made in reliance upon the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company cautions investors that any forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results and future trends to differ materially from those projected, stated or implied by the forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company encourages investors to read the summary of the Company's critical accounting policies and estimates included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates."

In addition to factors described in the Company's SEC filings and others, the following factors could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by the Company:

• our substantial indebtedness;

• further adverse changes in or worsening of general economic and industry conditions, including the depth and length of the economic downturn and higher unemployment, which could result in more rapid declines in product sales and/or pricing pressure which could result in adverse effects on our businesses;

• weak economic conditions and declines in the financial performance of our business that may result in material impairment charges, which could have a negative effect on the Company's earnings, total assets and market prices of the Company's outstanding securities;

• our ability to generate sufficient cash in the future that affects our ability to make payments on our indebtedness;

• our ability to incur substantially more debt that could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage;

• covenant restrictions under our indebtedness that may limit our ability to operate our businesses and react to market changes;

• increases in interest rates;

• the maturity of the paper check industry, including a faster than anticipated decline in check usage due to increasing use of alternative payment methods, decreased consumer spending and other factors and our ability to grow non-check related product lines;

• consolidation among financial institutions;

• adverse changes or failures or consolidation of the large financial institution clients on which we depend, resulting in decreased revenues and/or pricing pressure;

• intense competition in all areas of our businesses;

• our ability to successfully locate, execute, integrate and manage recent acquisitions as well as future acquisitions;

• ongoing obligations with respect to divestiture transactions which could result in unanticipated liabilities;

• our ability to implement any or all components of our business strategy;

39

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

• interruptions or adverse changes in our vendor or supplier relationships;

• increased production and delivery costs;

• fluctuations in the costs of raw materials and other supplies;

• our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

• technological improvements that may reduce any advantage over other providers in our respective industries;

• our ability to protect customer or consumer data against data security breaches;

• changes in legislation relating to consumer privacy protection that could increase our costs or limit our future business opportunities;

• contracts with our clients relating to consumer privacy protection that could restrict our business;

• our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

• our reliance on third-party providers for certain significant information technology needs;

• software defects or cyber-attacks that could harm our businesses and reputation;

• sales and other taxes that could have adverse effects on our businesses;

• our ability to develop new products for our Scantron segment and to grow Scantron's online education business;

• determinations made to limit investments in, restrict marketing efforts for or discontinue certain products which are not part of the Company's strategic plans;

• our ability to achieve VSOE of fair value for multiple-element arrangements for software businesses we have acquired or will acquire, which could affect the timing of recognition of revenue;

• future warranty or product liability claims which could be costly to resolve and result in negative publicity;

• government and school clients' budget deficits, which could have an adverse impact on our Scantron segment;

• softness in direct mail response rates;

• lower than expected cash flow from operations;

• unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations;

• the loss of one of our significant customers;

• work stoppages and other labor disturbances;

• unanticipated internal control deficiencies or weaknesses.

The Company encourages investors to read carefully the risk factors described in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 in the section entitled "Risk Factors" for a description of certain risks that could, among other things, cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company has exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which could affect its business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company manages its exposure to these market risks through its regular operating and financing activities.

At September 30, 2013, the Company had $1,370.8 million of term loans outstanding under its credit agreement, $10.4 million of letters of credit outstanding under its senior secured asset based revolving credit facility, $204.3 million of floating rate senior notes, $221.3 million of 9.50% fixed rate senior notes and $285.0 million of 9.75% senior secured notes. All of these outstanding loans bear interest at variable rates, with the exception of $221.3 million of fixed rate senior notes and $285.0 million of senior secured notes. Accordingly, the Company is subject to risk due to changes in interest rates. The Company believes that a hypothetical increase of 1 percentage point in the variable component of interest rates applicable to its floating rate debt outstanding at September 30, 2013 would have resulted in an increase in its interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of approximately $4.7 million.

As of September 30, 2013, the Company's net foreign currency market exposures were $8.9 million. This is the value of the equity of the investments in the foreign subsidiaries in Canada and India. Since the exposures are not material, the Company does not generally hedge against foreign currency fluctuations.

40

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

A 10% appreciation in foreign currency exchange rates from the prevailing market rates would result in a $0.8 million increase in the related assets or liabilities. Conversely, a 10% depreciation in these currencies from the prevailing market rates would result in a $0.9 million decrease in the related assets and liabilities.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

(a)    Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company's management, with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(b)    Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There have not been any changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended September 30, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

41

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

Various legal proceedings, claims and investigations are pending against the Company, including those relating to commercial transactions, intellectual property matters, environmental matters and other matters. Certain of these matters are covered by insurance, subject to deductibles and maximum limits. In the opinion of management based upon the information available at this time, the outcome of the matters referred to above will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There was no material change to the Company's risk factors as disclosed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 during the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

There was no event of default upon senior securities during the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. Other Information

No additional information need be presented.

Item 6. Exhibits

Exhibit Number		Description
4.16		Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., as Issuer, the Co-Issuers named therein, the Guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. (1)
31.1		Certification of Charles T. Dawson, Chief Executive Officer, dated November 8, 2013.
31.2		Certification of Peter A. Fera, Jr., Chief Financial Officer, dated November 8, 2013.
101.INS		XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase.
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
	(1)	This indenture replaces the document filed as Exhibit 4.16 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2012. The document originally filed did not reflect the final version that was executed, which reflected corrections of a few typographical errors.

42

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

Date:	November 8, 2013	By:	/s/ Peter A. Fera, Jr.
			Peter A. Fera, Jr.
			Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Date:	November 8, 2013	By:	/s/ J. Michael Riley
			J. Michael Riley
			Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

43

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number		Description
4.16		Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., as Issuer, the Co-Issuers named therein, the Guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. (1)
31.1		Certification of Charles T. Dawson, Chief Executive Officer, dated November 8, 2013.
31.2		Certification of Peter A. Fera, Jr., Chief Financial Officer, dated November 8, 2013.
101.INS		XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase.
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase.
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
	(1)	This indenture replaces the document filed as Exhibit 4.16 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2012. The document originally filed did not reflect the final version that was executed, which reflected corrections of a few typographical errors.

44

EX-4.16

EXHIBIT 4.16

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

and each of the co-issuers and Guarantors PARTY HERETO

9.750% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2018

__________________________________

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 24, 2012

__________________________________

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Trustee

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	40
Section 1.03	Rules of Construction	40

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01	Form and Dating	41
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	41
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	42
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	42
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	42
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	42
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	51
Section 2.08	Outstanding Note	51
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	52
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	52
Section 2.11	Cancellation	52
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	52
Section 2.13	CUSIP Numbers	52

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	52
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	53
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	53
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	54
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	54
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	54
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	55
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption	55
Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	56

i

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	57
Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	57
Section 4.03	Reports	58
Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	60
Section 4.05	Taxes	60
Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	60
Section 4.07	Restricted Payments	60
Section 4.08	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	66
Section 4.09	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock	68
Section 4.10	Asset Sales	73
Section 4.11	Transactions with Affiliates	75
Section 4.12	Liens	77
Section 4.13	Business Activities	78
Section 4.14	Corporate Existence	78
Section 4.15	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	78
Section 4.16	Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions	80
Section 4.17	Limitations on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries	80
Section 4.18	Creation and Perfection of Certain Security Interests Post-Closing	80
Section 4.19	Excess Cash Flow Offer	81

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	82
Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted	84

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01	Events of Default and Remedies	84
Section 6.02	Acceleration	86
Section 6.03	Other Remedies	86
Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults	87
Section 6.05	Control by Majority	87
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits	87
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	88
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee	88
Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	88
Section 6.10	Priorities	88
Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	89

ii

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	89
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	90
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	91
Section 7.04	Trustee's Disclaimer	91
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	91
Section 7.06	[Intentionally Omitted]	91
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	91
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	92
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	93
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	93
Section 7.11	Agency Capacities	93

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	93
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	93
Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance	94
Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	94
Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	95
Section 8.06	Repayment to Company	96
Section 8.07	Reinstatement	96

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	96
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	97
Section 9.03	[Intentionally Omitted]	98
Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents	98
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	99
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	99

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01	Guarantee	99
Section 10.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	100
Section 10.03	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	100
Section 10.04	Releases	100

iii

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	101
Section 11.02	Application of Trust Money	102

ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 12.01	Security Interest	103
Section 12.02	[Intentionally Omitted]	103
Section 12.03	Release of Liens on Collateral	103
Section 12.04	Release of Liens in Respect of Notes	103
Section 12.05	Amendment of Security Documents	103
Section 12.06	Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien Debt	103
Section 12.07	Ranking of Priority Liens in Current Asset Collateral	104
Section 12.08	Ranking of Priority Liens in Fixed Asset Collateral	105
Section 12.09	Ranking of Junior Liens Relative to Parity Liens	106
Section 12.10	Ranking of Junior Liens Relative to Priority Liens	106
Section 12.11	Relative Rights	107
Section 12.12	Designations	107
Section 12.13	Further Assurances	108

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01	No Trust Indenture Act Provisions	110
Section 13.02	Notices	110
Section 13.03	[Intentionally Omitted]	111
Section 13.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	111
Section 13.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	111
Section 13.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents	111
Section 13.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Stockholders or Controlling Persons	112
Section 13.08	Governing Law, Jury Trial Waiver	112
Section 13.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	112
Section 13.10	Successors	112
Section 13.11	Severability	112
Section 13.12	Counterpart Originals	112
Section 13.13	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	112
Section 13.14	Force Majeure	113
Section 13.15	Patriot Act	113

iv

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE

Exhibit B FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Exhibit C FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Exhibit D FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Exhibit E FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

Exhibit F FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

v

INDENTURE dated as of July 24, 2012 among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, the Co-Issuers (as defined), the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

The Company (as defined), the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“ABL Intercreditor Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1)Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2)Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Additional Notes” means the additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes (except that Notes that bear the legend required by Section 2.06(f)(3) will be treated where necessary as separate series as contemplated by Section 2.06(h)(9)).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

“Applicable Credit Agreement” means the Existing Credit Agreement and, on or after the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations with respect to the Existing Credit Agreement, any other Credit Agreement that has been designated as a successor to the prior Applicable Credit Agreement for the purposes of the Collateral Trust Agreement in writing to each Parity Lien Representative and Junior Lien Representative; provided that in no event will more than one Applicable Credit Agreement exist at any time.

1

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

(1)    1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

(2)    the excess of:

(a)the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2015, as the case may be (each such redemption price being set forth in the tables appearing in Section 3.07), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through August 1, 2015, as the case may be, excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b)the principal amount of the Note on such redemption date.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1)the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and

(2)the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(a)a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment, vehicles or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of assets no longer used or useful or necessary in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b)the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c)the making of any Permitted Investment or the making of any Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by Section 4.07 hereof;

(d)any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $7.5 million;

(e)any disposition of property or assets or issuance or transfer of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f)to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g)the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h)any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i)foreclosures on assets;

(j)sales of accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets, or participations

2

therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(k)the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(l)the sale or grant of licenses or sub-licenses of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(m)creation or realization of Liens that are permitted to be incurred by this Indenture;

(n)any transfer of property or assets that is a surrender or waiver of a contract right or a settlement, surrender or release of a contract or tort claim;

(o)dispositions in connection with Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by Section 4.16 hereof; and

(p)dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding agreements.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligation.

“Attributable Receivables Facility Debt” means, at any time, the principal amount of any Receivables Facility outstanding at such time; provided that in the case of a multi-seller Receivables Facility, the amount of Attributable Receivables Facility Debt shall be the portion of the principal amount of such Receivables Facility attributable (as determined in good faith by the Company) to any receivables or payment intangibles transferred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in support of such Receivables Facility at or prior to such time and still outstanding.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have corresponding meanings.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1)with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof;

(2)with respect to a partnership the general partner of which is a corporation, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership or any committee thereof;

(3)with respect to a limited liability company, any managing member thereof or, if managed by managers, the board of managers or any committee thereof; and

(4)with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person (or such Person's general partner, manager or equivalent) serving a similar function.

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Company, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.

3

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of (a) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the value of all assets under Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include:

(1)    expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (x) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, restored or repaired or (y) awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced;

(2)    the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time;

(3)    the purchase of plant, property or equipment to the extent financed with the proceeds of Asset Sales that are not applied to prepay the Notes pursuant to Section 4.10;

(4)    expenditures that constitute Consolidated Lease Expense,

(5)    expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and that actually are paid for by a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and for which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period);

(6)    the book value of any asset owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such Person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period, provided that (x) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period in which such expenditure actually is made and (y) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired;

(7)    expenditures that constitute acquisitions of Persons or business units permitted under the Indenture; or

(8)    capitalized pre-paid incentive payments.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1)    in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3)    in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

4

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1)    United States dollars, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, pounds sterling, euro or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2)    securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(3)certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million;

(4)repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5)commercial paper having at least P-1 by Moody's or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of issuance thereof;

(6)investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;

(7)readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody's or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(8)Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody's with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside of the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses (or reasonably equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies) and (ii) other short-term investments used by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments reasonably analogous to the foregoing investments described in clauses (1) through (8) above and in this paragraph.

“Cash Management Obligations” means any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any arrangement for treasury, depositary, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card or other cash management services provided to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any transfer or disbursement of funds through an automated clearinghouse or on a same day or immediate or accelerated availability basis or other electronic funds transfer.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1)the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a

5

Permitted Holder;

(2)the Company becoming aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(3)the Board of Directors of the Company ceasing to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a transaction in which the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual, such Person that is not an individual, the “New Parent”) shall not constitute a Change of Control if (a) the shareholders of the Company or such direct or indirect parent immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the New Parent immediately following the consummation of such transaction or (b) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as such term is defined above), other than a Permitted Holder and the New Parent, “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or the New Parent; (2) any holding company whose only significant asset is Capital Stock of , New Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of this definition; (3) the transfer of assets between or among the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company in accordance with the terms of the indenture shall not itself constitute a Change of Control; (4) a “person” or “group” shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities (or “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act)) subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement; (5) any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Permitted Holders that does not alter the overall beneficial ownership of the Permitted Holders shall not constitute a Change of Control; and (6) the term “Change of Control” shall not include a merger or consolidation of the Company with or the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to, an Affiliate incorporated or organized solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction and/or for the sole purpose of forming or collapsing a holding company structure.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Collateral ” means the Current Asset Collateral and the Fixed Asset Collateral, other than Excluded Assets.

“Collateral Trust Agreement” means that certain Collateral Trust Agreement dated the date of this Indenture, by and among the Company, the Guarantors, the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent, the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Collateral Trust Obligations” means Junior Lien Obligations and Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations.

“Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt” means Parity Lien Debt other than Credit Agreement Debt.

“Collateral Trust Parity Lien Documents” means, collectively, the Note Documents and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing each other Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt and the Collateral Trust Security Documents (other than any Collateral Trust Security Documents that do not secure Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations).

“Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations” means Parity Lien Obligations other than Credit Agreement Obligations.

6

“Collateral Trust Parity Lien Representative” means (1) the Trustee, in the case of the Notes and (2) in the case of any other Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt who is appointed as a representative of such Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the applicable security documents related thereto) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt.

“Collateral Trust Representative” means each Junior Lien Representative and each Collateral Trust Parity Lien Representative.

“Collateral Trust Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency or trust agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of any of the Collateral Trust Obligations, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the Collateral Trust Agreement.

“Collateral Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as collateral trustee under the Collateral Trust Agreement, together with its successors in such capacity.

“Co-Issuer” means each of:

(1)    Harland Clarke Corp., a Delaware corporation, Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., an Oregon corporation, Scantron Corporation, a Delaware corporation and Checks in the Mail, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(2)    any other Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Co-Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until such Co-Issuer has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“Company” means Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., and any and all successors thereto; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under this Indenture, “Company” shall, unless otherwise expressly stated, be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. when the fair market value of such asset or liability is equal to or in excess of $30.0 million.

“consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such person consolidated with its Subsidiaries, excluding from such consolidation any Receivables Subsidiary and any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Receivables Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person, unless otherwise specifically indicated.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of (i) the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other related noncash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and (ii) to the extent not included in clause (i), the amount of amortization expense related to capitalized pre-paid incentive payments (which pre-paid incentive payments may also be recorded as “upfront contract acquisition costs”).

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1)consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers' acceptances, (c) noncash interest payments (but excluding any noncash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-

7

market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (i) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (ii) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility and (iv) any redemption premiums, prepayment fees, other charges or penalties incurred in connection with the Transactions (in each case of (i) through (iv), to the extent included in any of the foregoing items (a) through (e))), plus

(2)consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less

(3)interest income for such period and net receipts, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Lease Expense” means for any period, all rental expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period under operating leases for real or personal property (including in connection with Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by the Indenture), excluding real estate taxes, insurance costs and common area maintenance charges and net of sublease income, other than (a) obligations under vehicle leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, (b) all such rental expenses associated with assets acquired pursuant to an acquisition of a Person or business unit to the extent such rental expenses relate to operating leases in effect at the time of (and immediately prior to) such acquisition and related to periods prior to such acquisition and (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of such Person as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur over (ii) an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (b) $40.0 million to (y) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recently ended four full consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

(1)any net after-tax restructuring expense or extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to severance, relocation and one-time compensation charges) shall be excluded,

(2)the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP,

(3)any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

8

(4)any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,

(5)the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(6)solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(1), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7)any increase in amortization or depreciation or other noncash charges (including, without limitation, any non-cash fair value adjustment of inventory) resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8)any net after-tax income (loss) from (i) Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Obligations, (ii) the application of FASB ASC Topic 815, (iii) other derivative instruments or (iv) the extinguishment of Indebtedness shall be excluded,

(9)any net after-tax impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10)any net after-tax noncash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, employees, managers or consultants shall be excluded,

(11)any non-cash cost related to the termination of any employee pension benefit plan, together with any related provision for taxes on any such termination (or the tax effect of any such termination) shall be excluded,

(12)any deferred financing costs amortized or written off, and premiums and prepayment penalties paid in connection with any acquisition or disposition that is consummated after the Issue Date shall be excluded,

(13)any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness shall be excluded, and

(14)any charges resulting from the application of FASB ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations”, FASB ASC Topic 350 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, FASB ASC Topic 360 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, FASB ASC Topic 480 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity”, FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” and FASB ASC Topic 470-20 “Debt-Debt with Conversion Options-Recognition” shall be excluded.

9

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than Section 4.07(a)(iii)(4)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(4).

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” under clauses (1), (2) and (3) thereof as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur over (ii) an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (b) $40.0 million to (y) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recently ended consecutive four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances (and excluding any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business and all obligations relating to any Receivables Facility) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding items eliminated in consolidation), with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Company.

“Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, the current portion of any Funded Debt.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) that do not constitute Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1)to purchase any such primary obligations or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2)to advance or supply funds

(a)for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligations or

10

(b)to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3)to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligations of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1)    was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

(2)    was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2007, as amended on May 10, 2012, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto, providing for revolving credit and term loan borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as such Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing and including, without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other institutional lenders)), including into one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements (including by means of sales of debt securities (including Additional Notes) to institutional investors), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other debt obligations, whether any such extension, replacement or refinancing (1) occurs simultaneously or not with the termination or repayment of a prior Credit Agreement or (2) occurs on one or more separate occasions.

“Credit Agreement Collateral Agent” means Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as collateral agent under the Applicable Credit Agreement and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

“Credit Agreement Debt” means Indebtedness (including letters of credit and reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) incurred by the Company or any of the Guarantors under the Applicable Credit Agreement.

“Credit Agreement Obligations” means Credit Agreement Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement but not including any Future ABL Facility) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as such Credit Facility, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing and including, without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other institutional

11

lenders)), including into one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements (including by means of sales of debt securities (including Additional Notes) to institutional investors), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other debt obligations, whether any such extension, replacement or refinancing (1) occurs simultaneously or not with the termination or repayment of a prior Credit Facility or (2) occurs on one or more separate occasions.

“Current Asset Collateral” means assets owned or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor consisting of accounts receivable, payment intangibles, inventory and other current assets and all proceeds thereof, and all cash, cash equivalents, instruments, chattel paper, general intangibles (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, trademarks, tradenames and other intellectual property, other than any such intellectual property embedded in or necessary or advisable for the use of Current Asset Collateral), deposit accounts, documents, books and records, supporting obligations, letters of credit, insurance proceeds and investment property in each case arising from any such accounts receivable, payment intangibles, inventory and other current assets, and other assets of a similar nature or reasonably related thereto (including business interruption insurance), in each case, excluding Excluded Assets and identifiable proceeds of Fixed Asset Collateral.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Asset Sale” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of Designated Assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction and including the disposition of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary) of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Designated Assets” means any property or assets (including Capital Stock of any Subsidiary) other than (i) property or assets of the Printed Products Business, (ii) Capital Stock of the Company and (iii) Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary conducting any material portion of the Printed Products Business at the time of such Designated Asset Sale or Restricted Payment (as the case may be).

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof.

“Discharge of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

“Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

“Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement.

12

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes and the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligation; provided, further, that any Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any stockholders agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries following the termination of employment of such employee, director, officer, manager or consultant with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary, but, in each case, including any subsidiary that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,

(1)increased by (without duplication):

(a)provision for taxes based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(b)consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

(c)Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(d)any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, permitted acquisition or other Investment, permitted disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture including a refinancing thereof (in each case, whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, including such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(e)the amount of any restructuring charge, redemption premium, prepayment penalty, premium and other related fee or reserve deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with (A) acquisitions after the Issue Date or (B) the closing or consolidation of production or other operating facilities, plus

(f)any write offs, write downs or other noncash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period, plus

(g)the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

13

(h)the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid (or any accruals related to such fees or related expenses) (including by means of a dividend) during such period to the Parents to the extent permitted under Section 4.11 hereof, plus

(i) the amount of collected fees and payments from customers received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that is not recognized as revenue during such period (or any prior period) in accordance with GAAP because (x) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has not yet obtained vendor specific objective evidence in respect thereof or (y) in the case of the education-related businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any such business is subject to other GAAP revenue recognition rules; plus

(j)any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock that is Preferred Stock); plus

(k)the amount of cost savings, operational expense improvements and synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operational improvements and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings, operational expense improvements and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such cost savings, operational expense improvements and synergies are expected to be realized within 12 months of the date thereof in connection with such actions and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (k) shall not exceed 5% of EBITDA (giving effect to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) on a consolidated basis for the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination (calculated excluding such cost savings, operational expense improvements and synergies to be added pursuant to this clause (k)), which adjustments pursuant to this clause (k) may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”;

(2)decreased by (without duplication) noncash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating EBITDA in accordance with this definition); and

(3)increased or decreased, as applicable, by (without duplication) (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of FASB ASC Topic 815, (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and (c) the amount of gain or loss resulting in such period from a sale of receivables, payment intangibles and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private offer and sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) other than:

(1)public offerings with respect to the Company's or any direct or indirect parent company's common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

14

(2)any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution; and

(3)an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company.

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union contemplated by the Treaty of the European Union.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Excess Cash Flow Period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(1)the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)Consolidated Net Income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such Excess Cash Flow Period,

(b)an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income,

(c)decreases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such Excess Cash Flow Period), and

(d)an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; over

(2)the sum, without duplication, of:

(a)an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges included in clauses (1) through (14) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income,

(b)without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k) below in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(c)the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations) during such Excess Cash Flow Period, except for (1) payments financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (2) voluntary prepayments or retirements of the notes, (3) prepayments or retirements of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.10, (4) voluntary prepayments or retirements of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, (5) any mandatory prepayments or retirements made with respect to Indebtedness under Credit Facilities from excess cash flow (or similar mandatory prepayments) during such Excess Cash Flow Period and (6) any mandatory prepayments or retirements of the notes during such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to Section 4.19,

(d)an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(e)increases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for

15

such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions of a Person or business unit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period),

(f)cash payments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

(g)without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k) below in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent permitted under Section 4.07, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(h)the amount of Restricted Payments made during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent permitted under Section 4.07(b)(16), to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(i)the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such Excess Cash Flow Period,

(j)the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(k)without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions or Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(l)the amount of cash taxes paid in such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such Excess Cash Flow Period, and

(m)payments in respect of pre-paid incentives to customers;

provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, no amount paid during such period pursuant to clause (b)(9)(c), (d) or (e) of Section 4.07 shall be included in calculating the sum of clauses (2)(a) through (2)(m) above for such period.

“Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, the greater of (1) $15.0 million and (2) the amount equal to the excess (if any) of (a) 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for such Excess Cash Flow Period over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of all mandatory and permanent prepayments required under Credit Facilities from excess cash flow (or similar mandatory prepayments) in respect of such Excess Cash Flow Period (assuming all lenders thereunder accept such prepayments), plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of notes voluntarily and permanently prepaid or retired during such Excess Cash Flow Period plus (iii) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under Credit Facilities that has been voluntarily and permanently prepaid or retired during such Excess Cash Flow Period.

16

“Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date” means the date on which audited consolidated financial statements of the Company are provided under Section 4.03, beginning with the audited consolidated financial statements in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.

“Excess Cash Flow Period” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date, the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.

“Excess Designated Proceeds” means, with respect to any Designated Asset Sale,

(1)100% of the Net Proceeds from such Designated Asset Sale if after giving pro forma effect thereto, but before applying any portion of the Net Proceeds thereof to prepay, purchase or retire any Indebtedness the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and is no greater than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in effect immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale, or

(2)that portion of the Net Proceeds of such Designated Asset Sale that remains after giving effect to the prepayment, purchase or other retirement of Indebtedness of the type permitted to be prepaid, purchased or otherwise retired under Section 4.10 hereof in an amount sufficient such that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Designated Asset Sale and such prepayment, purchase or other retirement is no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and is no greater than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in effect immediately prior to such Designated Asset Sale and application of Net Proceeds and

(3)in either case of (1) or (2), any non-cash proceeds of any Designated Asset Sale.

For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of Section 4.07(b)(8), any Designated Assets used to make a Restricted Payment in kind shall be deemed to be Excess Designated Proceeds if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment and the prepayment, purchase or other retirement (if any) of any Indebtedness in connection with the making of such Restricted Payment, is no greater than either (x) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transactions or (y) 3.50 to 1.00.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Excluded Assets” means each of the following:

(1)any permit, lease, license, contract, property right or agreement to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or any of its rights or interests thereunder if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest under any of the Note Documents shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default under any such permit, lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity); provided, however, that such security interest shall attach immediately to any portion of such permit, lease, license, contract, property rights or agreement that does not result in any of the consequences specified above;

(2)Letter of Credit Rights;

(3)any vehicle covered by a certificate of title or ownership;

(4)any real property held by the Company or any Guarantor as a lessee under a lease and any real property located outside the United States, or that is not owned in fee by the Company or any Guarantor, or which has a fair market value at the time of the acquisition thereof of less than $3,000,000 (or is otherwise not required pursuant to Section 12.13).

17

(5)assets owned by the Company or any Guarantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that are subject to a Lien permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (11), (12), (19), (20) (with respect to any Liens described in this clause (5)) or (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for the obligations subject to such Lien) validly prohibits the creation of the Lien created under the Collateral Trust Security Documents on such assets;

(6)“intent-to-use” applications for Trademarks filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of the Lanham Act has been filed, to the extent that any assignment of an “intent-to-use” application prior to such filing would violate the Lanham Act or cause the Trademark that is the subject thereof to be invalidated or abandoned;

(7)Equity Interests in (i) any Immaterial Subsidiary (unless it is required to be a party to the Indenture in accordance with Section 12.13), (ii) any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) any Receivables Subsidiary;

(8)voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the total outstanding amount thereof; and

(9)any asset with respect to which the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent or the agent under any Future ABL Facility or, with respect to determinations made after the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee (in each case, in consultation with the Company) has determined that the burden or cost of attaching a security interest thereto is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained by such a security interest.

The Excluded Assets shall not include any proceeds (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code), substitutions or replacements of Excluded Assets (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Assets).

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from (a) contributions to its common equity capital, and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer's Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.

“Existing Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement in effect as of the Issue Date, as the same may be amended, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including, without limitation, any successive renewals, extensions, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing and including, without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding orsubstituting one or more parties thereto).

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date plus interest accruing thereon, until such amounts are repaid.

“Fair Market Value”means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller or Board of Directors of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

“FASB ASC” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification.

“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company.

18

“Fixed Asset Collateral” means all of the tangible and intangible properties and assets at any time owned or acquired by the Company or any Guarantor, except Current Asset Collateral and Excluded Assets.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility that has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishing of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (the “reference period”).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period; provided that no such pro forma adjustment to EBITDA shall be required in respect of any such transaction to the extent the aggregate consideration in connection therewith was less than $10.0 million for the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the reference period (subject to the threshold specified in the previous sentence).

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation or any other transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company (including, but not limited to, adjustments in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1)Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

(2)all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any charges arising from (i) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity-Overall-Recognition” to any series of preferred stock other than Disqualified Stock, (ii) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt-Debt with Conversion Options-Recognition,” or (iii) the amortization of any fair value adjustment to the carrying value of Indebtedness, in each case, shall be disregarded in the calculation of Fixed Charges.

19

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets” means the total amount of all assets of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of the Company.

“Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that has a stated maturity more than one year from the date of its creation or has a stated maturity within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture); provided that any calculation or determination in the Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company's election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Government Securities” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations, and, when used as a verb, shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company's and the Co-Issuers' obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

“Guarantors” means:

(1)    each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees or is a co-borrower under the Credit Agreement; and

(2)    any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee in accordance with the

20

provisions of this Indenture,

and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements, in each case designed to manage fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar's books.

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency), as in effect on the date of the election, if any, by the Company to change GAAP to IFRS; provided that IFRS shall not include any provision of such standards that would require a lease that would be classified as an operating lease under GAAP to be classified as indebtedness or a finance or capital lease.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary designated as such in writing by the Company that:

(1)contributed 2.5% or less of EBITDA of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date of determination (after intercompany eliminations), and

(2)had consolidated assets representing 2.5% or less of Total Assets on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date of determination (after intercompany eliminations).

“Indebtedness” means, without duplication, with respect to any specified Person:

(1)any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent

(a)in respect of borrowed money,

(b)evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

(c)representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or other ordinary course payable or similar obligation, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, or

(d)representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP,

(2)to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business,

(3)to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of

21

another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the fair market value of such asset at the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured, and

(4)Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) obligations under, or in respect of, Receivables Facilities and (C) redeemable Preferred Stock of such Person.

Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of FASB ASC Topic 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under the Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness under the Indenture.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in similar businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Company and its Affiliates.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means the $235.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

“Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Natixis Securities Americas LLC.

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:

(1)any case commenced by or against the Company or any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2)any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; provided that the liquidation or dissolution of any Subsidiary that is not prohibited by and does not require consent under any of the Parity Lien Documents or the Junior Lien Documents shall not be considered an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; or

(3)any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, that is not also a QIB.

22

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1)securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2)debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of BBB or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody's or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization, or, if no rating of S&P or Moody's then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized securities rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3)investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4)corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States of America customarily utilized for high quality investments.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1)“Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2)any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original amount of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment; provided that the amount resulting in such reduction shall not also increase the amount of Restricted Payments that are permitted to be made under Section 4.07(a).

“Issue Date” means July 24, 2012, the date of this Indenture.

“Junior Lien” means a Lien granted by a Security Document to the Collateral Trustee, at any time, upon any property of the Company or any Guarantor to secure Junior Lien Obligations.

“Junior Lien Debt” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (other than in respect of any Future ABL Facility) that is secured by a subordinate and junior Lien to the Lien securing the Notes, that was permitted to be incurred and so secured under each applicable Parity Lien Document; provided that:

(1)on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or such Guarantor, such Indebtedness is designated by the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions of

23

the Collateral Trust Agreement, as “Junior Lien Debt” for the purposes of the Junior Lien Documents and the Collateral Trust Agreement; provided that no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Junior Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt and no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Junior Lien Debt and Parity Lien Debt; and

(2)the Junior Lien Representative of such Indebtedness delivers a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee.

The requirements of this definition will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that such requirements have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is “Junior Lien Debt.”

“Junior Lien Document” means, collectively, the credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing each Series of Junior Lien Debt and the security documents related thereto (other than any security documents that do not secure Junior Lien Obligations).

“Junior Lien Obligations” means Junior Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

“Junior Lien Representative” means in the case of any Series of Junior Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Junior Lien Debt who maintains the transfer register for such Series of Junior Lien Debt and is appointed as a Junior Lien Representative (for purposes related to the administration of the Collateral Trust Security Documents) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Junior Lien Debt, together with its successors in such capacity.

“Lanham Act” means the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at such place, payment may be made at such place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

“Letter of Credit Rights” has the meaning set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation” means a collateral trust joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Collateral Trust Agreement.

“MFW” means M&F Worldwide Corp., a Delaware corporation.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale or Designated Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale or Designated Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale or Designated Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including:

(1)legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions,

24

(2)any relocation, restructuring or severance expenses incurred (or reasonably expected to be payable) as a result thereof,

(3)taxes paid or estimated in good faith to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements),

(4)amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, prepayment fees, penalties, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required (other than as required by Section 4.10 hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and

(5)any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP in respect of (A) the sale price of the assets that are the subject of such sale or other disposition (including in respect of working capital adjustments or any evaluation of such assets) or (B) any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note Documents” means this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Trust Security Documents.

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. Except as expressly provided herein, the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Obligations” means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the applicable agreement), premium (if any), guarantees of payment, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnification in favor of the Trustee and any other third parties other than the Holders.

“Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Company, dated July 17, 2012.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the controller or the Secretary of the Company.

“Officer's Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must be the chief executive officer or a Financial Officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. Such opinion may be subject to customary assumptions, exceptions and qualifications. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Parents” means:

(1)MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.,

(2)MFW,

(3)each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries and Affiliates,

25

(4)Ronald O. Perelman,

(5)any of the directors or executive officers of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., or

(6)any of their respective Permitted Transferees.

“Parity Lien” means a Lien granted to the Collateral Trustee or other Parity Lien Representative under any Parity Lien Debt, at any time, upon the Collateral to secure Parity Lien Obligations.

“Parity Lien Cap” means the greater of (1) the aggregate amount of (x) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09(b)(1) plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date plus (z) $50.0 million or (2) the amount of Parity Lien Debt that may be incurred by the Company such that, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio for the period of the most recently ended four full consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such incurrence would not exceed 3.30 to 1.00 (and any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof); provided that this clause (2) shall permit the incurrence of additional Indebtedness as Parity Lien Debt if, at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio for the period of the most recently ended four full consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such incurrence would be greater than 3.30 to 1.00 but less than 3.55 to 1.00, so long as (a) the proceeds of the Obligations in respect of any such Indebtedness which are so secured pursuant to this proviso shall be applied to make Investments and acquisitions that are permitted by the indenture and (b) the Liens securing such Indebtedness shall extend solely to such Investments or acquired property or the Capital Stock of the acquired entity, and the proceeds and products thereof (and improvements thereon) and any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof.

“Parity Lien Debt” means:

(1)Indebtedness represented by the Notes initially issued by the Company under the Indenture on the Issue Date;

(2)Indebtedness (including letters of credit and reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) incurred by the Company or any of the Guarantors under the Existing Credit Agreement;

(3)any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (including Additional Notes but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Priority Lien Debt) that is intended by the Company to be secured equally and ratably with the Parity Lien Obligations by a Parity Lien that is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, that, in the case of any Indebtedness referred to in this clause (3):

(a)on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or such Guarantor, such Indebtedness is designated by the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Collateral Trust Agreement, as “Parity Lien Debt” for the purposes of the Parity Lien Documents and the Collateral Trust Agreement; provided that no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Parity Lien Debt and Priority Lien Debt and no Series of Secured Debt may be designated as both Junior Lien Debt and Parity Lien Debt; and

(b)the Parity Lien Representative of such Indebtedness delivers a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (3) will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is “Parity Lien Debt”);

(4)Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor incurred pursuant to arrangements provided by the holders, former holders, agents, or former agents (or

26

Affiliates of any of the foregoing) of Parity Lien Debt described in clauses (1) through (3) above as designated by the Company, in an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee, as “Parity Lien Debt”; and

(5)guarantees in respect of any of the Obligations described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (4).

“Parity Lien Documents” means, collectively, the Note Documents, the Applicable Credit Agreement and the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing each other Series of Parity Lien Debt and the Parity Lien Security Documents (other than any Parity Lien Security Documents that do not secure Parity Lien Obligations).

“Parity Lien Obligations” means Parity Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

“Parity Lien Representative” means (1) the trustee, in the case of the Notes and (2) in the case of any other Series of Parity Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt who is appointed as a representative of such Series of Parity Lien Debt (for purposes related to the administration of the applicable security documents related thereto) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt.

“Parity Lien Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency or trust agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent or the Collateral Trustee, as applicable, for the benefit of any of the holders of Parity Lien Obligations, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the Applicable Credit Agreement or Collateral Trust Agreement, as applicable.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person that is not the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Parents and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of which any of the Parents is a member; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Parents have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership or assets constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1)any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2)any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3)(x) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and (y) any Investment held by such Person;

27

(4)any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5)loans and advances to, and guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(6)any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable, (y) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (z) as a result of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7)Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(8)loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such Person's purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof under compensation plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(9)Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (exclusive of Disqualified Stock of the Company);

(10)guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(11)any transaction to the extent it constitutes an investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.11 hereof (other than any transaction set forth in Section 4.11(b)(2), (b)(6) and (b)(7) hereof);

(12)Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing, joint development or similar arrangements with other Persons;

(13)Investments in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $175.0 million or (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured by the Company in good faith at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(14)Investments relating to a Receivables Facility; provided that in the case of Receivables Facilities established after the Issue Date, such Investments are necessary or advisable (in the good faith determination of the Company) to effect such Receivables Facility;

(15)additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed $200.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured by the Company in good faith at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

28

(16)Investments in respect of pre-paid incentives to customers (which pre-paid incentive payments may also be recorded as “upfront contract acquisition costs”);

(17)any Investments in receivables owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(18)advances, loans and extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors in the ordinary course of business;

(19)Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease and utility and worker's compensation deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; and

(20)Investments in existence on the Issue Date or made pursuant to legally binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1)Parity Liens securing (a) Parity Lien Debt in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any Parity Lien Debt and after giving pro forma effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom) not exceeding the Parity Lien Cap as of such date and (b) all related Parity Lien Obligations;

(2)Liens on Current Asset Collateral securing (a) Indebtedness under a Future ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any Priority Lien Debt and after giving pro forma effect to the application of net proceeds therefrom) not exceeding the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09(b)(3) and (b) all related Priority Lien Obligations;

(3)Liens on Fixed Asset Collateral securing (a) Indebtedness under a Future ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount (as of the date of incurrence of any Priority Lien Debt and after giving pro forma effect to the application of net proceeds therefrom) not exceeding the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09(b)(3) and (b) all related Priority Lien Obligations, in each case in this clause (3), which Liens are made junior to the Liens securing Parity Lien Obligations pursuant to the terms of an ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(4)Junior Liens securing (a) Junior Lien Debt and (b) all other Junior Lien Obligations, which Liens are made junior to the Liens securing Priority Lien Obligations and Parity Lien Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Trust Agreement;

(5)pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6)Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens and other similar Liens, in each case, for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(7)Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are

29

maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(8)Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(9)(a) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties, in each case, which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and (b) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(10)Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Parity Liens securing Parity Lien Debt);

(11)Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Liens may not extend to any other property (other than improvements thereon or the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property of such acquired subsidiary) owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(12)Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, that the Liens may not extend to any other property (other than improvements thereon or the proceeds or products thereof) owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(13)Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

(14)Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15)Leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(16)Liens arising from financing statement filings under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar state laws regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(17)Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

(18)Liens on inventory or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company's client at which such inventory or equipment is located;

(19)Liens on accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility, and limited recourse Liens on the Capital Stock of any Receivables Subsidiary;

(20)Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (10), (11), (12) and (13) and the following clause (21)

30

of this definition, as the case may be; provided that

(a)such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured (or was required to secure) the original Lien (plus improvements on such property and the proceeds and products thereof), and

(b)the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (10), (11), (12) and the following clause (21) of this definition, respectively, at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay (or reasonably estimated to be payable) any accrued interest, fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement, and any original issue discount;

(21)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4), Section 4.09(b)(14)(a), Section 4.09(b)(17), Section 4.09(b)(18) and Section 4.09(b)(21) hereof (whether or not, in the case of Indebtedness incurred under each of Section 4.09(b)(17) and Section 4.09(b)(18), such Indebtedness is subsequently deemed to have been incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) as provided in Section 4.09(b)(17) or Section 4.09(b)(18), as applicable); provided that

(a)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) do not at any time encumber any property or assets other than the property or assets the cost of which is either financed or reimbursed by such Indebtedness and improvements thereon and the proceeds and the products thereof,

(b)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14)(a) or Section 4.09(b)(17) are solely on acquired property or the assets or Capital Stock of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and improvements thereon and the proceeds and the products thereof and

(c)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

(22)deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(23)Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(24)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(25)Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(26)Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

31

(27)Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(28)Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(29)[Intentionally Omitted];

(30)Liens (including Parity Liens and Priority Liens) securing (x) secured Cash Management Obligations, (y) Hedging Obligations secured by assets securing (i) Credit Facilities or (ii) a Future ABL Facility and (z) any Hedging Obligations, so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(31)Liens incurred to secure guarantees permitted under Section 4.09(b)(l), but only to the extent that the Indebtedness so guaranteed is permitted to be secured under the terms of this Indenture and only to the extent of the assets permitted to secure such Indebtedness under the terms of this Indenture; and

(32)Liens on (i) the net proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness to secure any redemption, repurchase or defeasance obligations in respect of such Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness being refinanced with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and (ii) any additional cash to secure such redemption, repurchase or defeasance obligations in an amount which, when added to such net proceeds, is necessary to effect such redemption, repurchase or defeasance; and

(33)Liens with respect to property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09.

“Permitted Transferees” means, with respect to any Person that is a natural person (and any Permitted Transferee of such Person), (x) such Person's immediate family, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, step-children and their respective lineal descendants and (y) any trust or other legal entity the beneficiary of which is such Person's immediate family, including his or her spouse, ex-spouse, children, step-children or their respective lineal descendants and which is controlled by such Person.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

“Printed Products Business” means the provision of checks and related products, direct marketing and contact center services to financial and commercial institutions and individuals.

“Priority Lien” means any Lien described in clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or clause (30)(y)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

“Priority Lien Agent” the collateral agent under any Future ABL Facility, and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

“Priority Lien Debt” means:

(1)Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor under a Future ABL Facility (including letters of credit and reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) that was permitted to be incurred and secured and was so incurred and secured under Section 4.09(b)(3) and permitted to be incurred and secured by the

32

terms of each applicable Parity Lien Document (or as to which the administrative agent under such Future ABL Facility obtained an Officer's Certificate at the time of incurrence to the effect that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred and secured by all applicable Parity Lien Documents); provided that, in the case of any Indebtedness incurred under a Future ABL Facility:

(a)on or before the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, such Indebtedness is designated by the Company, in an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee, as “Priority Lien Debt” for the purposes of the Indenture (it being understood that no series of Indebtedness may be designated as both Priority Lien Debt and Parity Lien Debt); and

(b)the Priority Lien Representative, each Parity Lien Representative and the Company has duly executed and delivered an ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(2)Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor as designated by the Company, in an Officer's Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee, as “Priority Lien Debt”; and

(3)guarantees in respect of any of the Obligations described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (2).

The requirements of this definition will be conclusively established if the Company delivers to the Collateral Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that such requirements have been satisfied and that such Indebtedness is “Priority Lien Debt.”

“Priority Lien Obligations” means Priority Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof.

“Priority Lien Representative” means, in the case of any future Priority Lien Debt, the agent of the holders of such Priority Lien Debt who is appointed as an agent for purposes related to the administration of the security documents related to the Priority Lien Debt pursuant to the credit agreement or other agreement governing such Priority Lien Debt, together with its successors in such capacity.

“Priority Lien Security Documents” means all security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, collateral agency agreements, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Priority Lien Agent, for the benefit of any of the holders of Priority Lien Obligations, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its terms and the credit agreement for the Future ABL Facility.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Affiliate Debt” means unsecured, subordinated Indebtedness issued by the Company to the Parents or any of their Affiliates in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $30.0 million (plus capitalized interest on such Indebtedness).

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

“Receivables Facility” means one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the Indebtedness of which is non-recourse (except for representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities

33

that the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in financings similar to a Receivables Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary and those relating to any obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase the assets it sold thereunder as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise) to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or transfers its accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets to either (x) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells or transfers its accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate book value (measured at the time of transfer thereof) of all receivables and payment intangibles at any time subject to the Receivables Facility that had been transferred to the Receivables Subsidiary by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed an amount equal to $150.0 million.

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of engaging, and that engages only, in one or more Receivables Facilities and any Subsidiary of another Receivables Subsidiary.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

“Regulation S Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(4) hereof to be placed on all Regulation S Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Representative” means, with respect to a person, any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

“Responsible Officer” of any Person means the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief operating officer or any Financial Officer of such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of the Notes.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, a reference to a “Restricted Subsidiary” shall be a reference to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

34

“Retained Basket Amount” means:

(1)if as of the date of such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio of the Company is equal to or greater than 3.00 to 1.00, $10.0 million; or

(2)if as of the date of such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio of the Company is less than 3.00 to 1.00, $50.0 million;

provided, however, that in connection with any calculation of Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio pursuant to this definition the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that may be included in clause (x)(ii) of the definition of Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Restricted Payment that is proposed to be made.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of a transaction that constitutes a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Debt” means Parity Lien Debt and Junior Lien Debt.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

“Secured Leverage Threshold” means, (i) for the Excess Cash Flow Trigger Date in respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, 3:25:1.00 and (ii) for Excess Cash Flow Trigger Dates in respect of fiscal years ending after December 31, 2013, 3.00:1.00.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

“Security Documents” means the Collateral Trust Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, each joinder to the Collateral Trust Agreement or intercreditor agreement, all security agreements, pledge agreements control agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust or other grants or transfers for security or agreements related thereto executed and delivered by the Company or any Guarantor creating or perfecting (or purporting to create or perfect) or perfecting a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes to secure the Notes and the Guarantee, in each case, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

(1)all Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and

(2)all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above

35

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(1)any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or to any joint venture in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an interest;

(2)any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(3)any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof as instruments evidencing such liabilities);

(4)any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(5)that portion of any Indebtedness that at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

For the purposes of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a lower priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

“Series of Collateral Trust Debt” means, severally, (a) the Notes, (b) each issue of Junior Lien Debt, or (c) each other issue or series of Indebtedness that constitutes Parity Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained (provided that any Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations constituting Parity Lien Debt that relates to a Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt shall be deemed part of such Series).

“Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt” means, severally, (a) the Notes or (b) each other issue or series of Indebtedness that constitutes Parity Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained (provided that any Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations constituting Parity Lien Debt that relates to a Series of Collateral Trust Parity Lien Debt shall be deemed part of such Series).

“Series of Junior Lien Debt” means, severally, each issue or series of Junior Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained.

“Series of Parity Lien Debt” means, severally, (a) the Notes, (b) the Indebtedness incurred under the Existing Credit Agreement, or (c) each other issue or series of Indebtedness that constitutes Parity Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained (provided that any Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations constituting Parity Lien Debt shall be deemed part of the Series of Parity Lien Debt to which it relates).

“Series of Secured Debt” means, severally, each Series of Junior Lien Debt and each Series of Parity Lien Debt.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means any business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is a natural outgrowth or reasonable extension of any such business or is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary to any of the foregoing, or any business that in the Company's good faith business judgment constitutes a reasonable diversification of businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement, and (b) with respect to any

36

Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor pursuant to a written agreement. For the purposes of the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a lower priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1)    any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2)    any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, a reference to a “Subsidiary” shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Tax Sharing Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of December 22, 2011, among MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., MFW, the Company and PCT International Holdings Inc., and any amendments, supplements or modifications thereof.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute.

“Total Assets” means the total amount of all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of the Company.

“Trademarks ” shall mean (i) all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, domain names, logos and other source or business identifiers, whether registered or unregistered, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country, union of countries, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or otherwise, (ii) all renewals thereof and the right to obtain all renewals thereof, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringements or dilutions of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill, (iv) all proceeds of the foregoing, including all royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or dilutions thereof), and (v) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above.

“Transactions” means the “Refinancing Transactions” and the “MacAndrews Acquisition” (each as defined in the Offering Circular).

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption (or deposit) date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption (or deposit) date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal

37

Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption (or deposit) date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption (or deposit) date to August 1, 2015, provided, however, that if the period from the redemption (or deposit) date to August 1, 2015 with respect to the Notes, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

“Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any corporate trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such corporate trust officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture at the Corporate Trust Office, or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or any other applicable jurisdiction.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below) and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or any other Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided that

(1)any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the capital stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares or equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company,

(2)such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof and

(3)each of (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (2) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either

(1)the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

(2)the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such

38

designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of any applicable Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Issue Date, all of the subsidiaries of the Company will be Restricted Subsidiaries.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person that is (a) a corporation, any class or series of capital stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of directors thereof at a meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, without the occurrence of any additional event or contingency, (b) a limited liability company, membership interests entitled, by contract or otherwise, to manage, or to elect or appoint the Persons that will manage the operations or business of the limited liability company, or (c) a partnership, partnership interests entitled to elect or replace the general partner thereof.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1)the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2)the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

39

Section 1.02    Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”	4.11
“Asset Sale Offer”	4.10
“Authentication Order”	2.02
“Change of Control Offer”	4.15
“Change of Control Payment”	4.15
“Change of Control Payment Date”	4.15
“Clause (4) Limit”	4.07
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.03
“DTC”	2.03
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Excess Cash Flow Offer”	4.19
“Excess Cash Flow Payment”	4.19
“Excess Cash Flow Payment Date”	4.19
“Excess Proceeds”	4.10
“Funds in Trust”	8.04
“Future ABL Facility”	4.09
“Increased Amount”	4.12
“Incumbency Certificate”	7.02
“incur”	4.09
“Indemnitees”	7.07
“Legal Defeasance”	8.02
“Make-Whole Redemption Date”	3.07
“Offer Amount”	3.09
“Offer Period”	3.09
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Payment Default”	6.01
“Permitted Debt”	4.09
“Purchase Date”	3.09
“Refinancing Indebtedness”	4.09
“Refunding Capital Stock”	4.07
“Registrar”	2.03
“Restricted Payments”	4.07
“Retired Capital Stock”	4.07
“Successor Company”	5.01
“Successor Guarantor”	5.01

Section 1.03    Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1)a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2)an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

40

(3)“or” is not exclusive;

(4)words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5)“will” shall be interpreted to express a command; and

(6)references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01    Form and Dating.

(a)General. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b)Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c)Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication.

One Officer of each of the Company and the Co-Issuers must sign the Notes by manual or facsimile signature. Upon an entity becoming a Co-Issuer of a Note in accordance with this Indenture, such Co-Issuer shall be added to the “Schedule of Co-Issuers” attached to the relevant Note and shall sign a signature page to such Note agreeing to be obligated jointly and severally with all of the other Co-Issuers with respect to such Note.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company and the Co-Issuers signed by an Officer of

41

the Company and each Co-Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver for original issue Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company and the Co-Issuers pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05    Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange.

(a)Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1)the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act

42

and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company;

(2)the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(3)there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Depositary has requested the Trustee to exchange the Global Notes to Definitive Notes.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b)Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1)Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2)All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(a)both:

(i)a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii)instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(b)both:

(i)a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii)instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.

43

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

(3)Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(b)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(4)Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(b)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to the above paragraph.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c)Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(1)Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(a)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to

44

exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(b)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(c)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(d)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(e)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (b) through (d) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(f)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(g)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(b)if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance

45

with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d)Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1)Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(a)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(b)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(c)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(d)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(e)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (b) through (d) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(f)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(g)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

46

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (a) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (b) above, the 144A Global Note and in the case of clause (c) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

(2)Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(b)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3)Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(a) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e)Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1)Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver

47

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(b)if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(c)if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2)Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(a)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(b)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3)Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f)Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1)Private Placement Legend.

(a)Except as permitted by subparagraph (b) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE

48

TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.”

(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2)Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(3)OID Legend. To the extent required by Section 1275(c)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-3(b)(1), each Note issued at a discount to its stated redemption price at maturity shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with any necessary amendments thereto to reflect any amendments occurring after the Issue Date to the applicable sections):

“FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. YOU MAY CONTACT THE ISSUER AT 10931 LAUREATE DRIVE, SAN ANTONIO, TX 78249, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, AND THE ISSUER WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH THE ISSUE PRICE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE.”

(4)Regulation S Legend. Each Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE

49

“SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(g)Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h)General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1)To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar's request.

(2)No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

(3)The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4)All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5)Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(a)to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the providing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such notice of redemption is provided;

(b)to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(c)to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6)Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other

50

purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7)The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(8)All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(9)To the extent that any Notes are issued at a discount to their stated redemption price at maturity and bear the legend required by Section 2.06(f)(3) hereof, each group of Notes bearing a given amount of original issue discount shall be treated as a separate series only for purposes of the transfer and exchange provisions of this Section 2.06.

(10)The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(11)Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 2.07    Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note of the same series if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08    Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and not cancelled shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Sections 3.07(a) through (c) hereof.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

51

Section 2.09    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Subsidiary, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10    Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes of the same series in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11    Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposal of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon its request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12    Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on any series of the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in such Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each such Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will provide or cause to be provided to Holders of such Notes a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13    CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer's Certificate

52

of the Company (except that such Officer's Certificate may be furnished more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if it is issued in connections with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof) setting forth:

(1)the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2)the redemption date;

(3)the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(4)the “CUSIP” numbers of the Notes to be redeemed; and

(5)the redemption price.

Section 3.02    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes of a series are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select such Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, to the extent practicable unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes of the series to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a series of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of such Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will provide a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or sent to DTC in accordance with its procedures applicable to global notes, except that redemption notices may be provided more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1)the redemption date;

(2)the redemption price;

(3)if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes of the same series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4)the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5)that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

53

(6)that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7)the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8)that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company's request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officer's Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

In connection with any redemption of Notes (including in any redemption described under Section 3.07 below), any such redemption may, at the Company's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering or a Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall sate that, in the Company's discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is provided in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, unless any conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived.

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

On or prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit no later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on such date with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note of the same series equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

54

Section 3.07    Optional Redemption.

(a)At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture) at a redemption price equal to 109.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date; provided that

(1)at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, but including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2)the redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

(b)Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph and clause (e) below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to August 1, 2015.

(c)On or after August 1, 2015, the Company may, in one or more instances, redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice by the Company (except that redemption notices may be provided by the Company more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2015	104.875	%
2016	102.438	%
2017 and thereafter	100.000	%

(d)Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

(e)At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Company may, in one or more instances, also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice by the Company (except that redemption notices may be provided by the Company more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such redemption date (the “Make-Whole Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(f)Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(g)The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company's obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

Section 3.08    Mandatory Redemption.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

55

Section 3.09    Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders of Notes and, at the Company's option, to the holders of other Parity Lien Debt. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt (on a pro rata basis, if applicable, with such adjustments so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof, will be purchased) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will provide a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

(1)that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

(2)the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3)that any Note or any portion thereof not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(4)that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note or any portion thereof accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;

(5)that Holders electing to have a Note or any portion thereof purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(6)that Holders electing to have Notes or any portions thereof purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(8)that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and such other Parity Lien

56

Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

(9)that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes of the same series equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary (with such adjustments so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 thereof, will be purchased), the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes.

The Company and the Co-Issuers, jointly and severally, will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company and the Co-Issuers, jointly and severally, will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change

57

in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03    Reports.

(a)So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will distribute, as provided in Section 4.03(f), the following information:

(1)within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual consolidated reports of the Company and its Subsidiaries containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date) in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included in this Offering Circular), including (A) “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards, but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such reports (A) will not be required to contain information required by Items 1B, 4, 5, 9A or 14 of Form 10-K and (B) will not be required to contain information required by Items 10 and 11 of Form 10-K (relating to management and compensation) but in lieu of such information will include information of the type and scope contained in this Offering Circular under the caption “Management” (without giving effect to the items incorporated by reference therein);

(2)within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly consolidated reports of the Company and its Subsidiaries containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date) in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is provided in the Offering Circular), including (A) “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standards but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such reports will not be required to contain information required by Items 2 or 4 of Part II of Form 10-Q; and

(3)within five Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date) in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date) in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that (A) no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to holders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (B) such reports will not be required to contain information required by Items 2.02, 3.01, 3.02 of Form 8-K or Items 5.02(c), (d) or (e) (except to the extent similar information is contained in this Offering Circular, without giving effect to the items incorporated by reference therein, under the caption “Management”) of Form 8-K.

provided, however, that all of the foregoing reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e)(l)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors and non-guarantor subsidiaries contemplated by Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC and (C) will not be required to contain information required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

58

(b)References under this Section 4.03 to the laws, rules, forms, items, articles and sections shall be to such laws, rules, forms, items, articles and sections as they exist on the Issue Date, without giving effect to amendments thereto that may take effect after the Issue Date.

(c)All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report will include a report on the relevant entity's consolidated financial statements by the relevant entity's certified independent accountants.

(d)For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time it is not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding clauses of this Section 4.03, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(e)Any subsequent restatement of financial statements shall have no retroactive effect for purposes of calculations previously made pursuant to the covenants contained in this Indenture.

(f)The Company will (1) distribute the information and reports described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of Section 4.03(a) electronically to the Trustee and (2) make the Financial Reports available to any holder or beneficial owner of Notes, any prospective investor, any security analyst and any market maker affiliated with any initial purchaser by posting the Financial Reports on Intralinks or any comparable password protected online data system; provided that the Company shall not be required to make available any password or other login information to any person other than any such holder, beneficial owner, prospective investor, security analyst or market maker that establishes its identity as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company

(g)In addition, the Company will:

(1)hold a quarterly conference call to discuss the information contained in the Financial Reports not later than ten business days from the time the Company furnishes the Financial Reports to the Trustee; and

(2)no fewer than two business days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (1) above, issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and date of such conference call and directing the holders or beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and securities analysts and market makers to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain the Financial Reports and information on how to access such conference call.

(h)If at any time the Notes are guaranteed by a direct or indirect parent of the Company, and such company has furnished the Financial Reports described herein with respect to such company as required by this Section 4.03 as if such company were the Company (including any financial information required hereby), the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.03. An annual report on Form 10-K, a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K that is filed with, or furnished to, the SEC within the time periods specified in this Section 4.03 shall be deemed to have been distributed as required by this Section 4.03, and to the extent such filings comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC regarding such filings, they will be deemed to comply with the requirements of clause (1), (2) or (3), respectively, of the first paragraph of this Section 4.03. The subsequent filing or making available of any materials or conference call required by this Section 4.03 shall be deemed automatically to cure any Default or Event of Default resulting from the failure to file or make available such materials or conference call within the required time frame.

(i)Reports by the Company or Guarantors delivered to the Trustee should be considered for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates).

59

Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate.

(a)The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year after the Issue Date, an Officer's Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b)So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within ten (10) Business Days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer's Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05    Taxes.

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the Company and the Guarantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under this Indenture or the rights of, or remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders under, this Indenture.

Section 4.06    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07    Restricted Payments.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1)declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company's or any Restricted Subsidiary's Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(2)purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

60

(3)make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(7) or Section 4.09(b)(8) or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(4)make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(i)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(ii)immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(iii)such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount, without duplication, of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date pursuant to this Section 4.07(a) or Sections 4.07(b)(1), (b)(2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to subclause (b) thereof only), (b)(6)(c) and (11) (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(1)50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on July 1, 2012 to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus the Retained Basket Amount; plus

(2)100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by the Company after the Issue Date (less the amount of such net cash proceeds to the extent such amount has been relied upon to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness, or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(20)(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(x)Equity Interests of the Company, including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (A) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of the Company's Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof and (B) Designated Preferred Stock,

(y)to the extent such proceeds are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Company's direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof), or

61

(z)debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;

provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) to the extent the proceeds of any corresponding Retired Capital Stock are included in this clause (2), (b) Equity Interests of the Company or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or (d) Excluded Contributions; plus

(3)100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date (less the amount of such net cash proceeds to the extent such amount has been relied upon to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(20)(b) hereof) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Excluded Contributions); plus

(4)to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received after the Issue Date by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and repayments of loans or advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other equity investee or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other equity investee (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or other equity investee was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(11) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other equity investee; plus

(5)in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Company in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $50.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(11) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b)The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

(1)the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or the giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, thereof, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale, within 60 days of such redemption, retirement, repurchase or other acquisition, (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock unless the Retired Capital Stock is itself Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or cash capital contributions and (b) if immediately

62

prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3)the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale, within 60 days of such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement, of, new Indebtedness of such Person that is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a)the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred (or reasonably expected to be payable) in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness,

(b)such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes in right of payment at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired,

(c)such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, and

(d)such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

(4)a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by, or any Restricted Payments made to, any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan, phantom stock plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (in addition to the following proviso) of $20.0 million in any calendar year) (collectively, the “Clause (4) Limit”); provided, further, that such Clause (4) Limit in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed

(a)the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company's direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(iii), plus

(b)the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

(c)the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (a) and

63

(b) of this clause (4);

provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5)the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms;

(6)(a)the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the Issue Date;

(b)the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c)the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(2); provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(7)repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(8)Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions or Excess Designated Proceeds;

(9)the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans by the Company to, its direct parent company in amounts required for the Company's direct or indirect parent companies to pay:

(a)fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence,

(b)(without duplication for amounts paid pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(15)) so long as the Company is a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group with such direct parent company for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, (1) federal, state and local income taxes incurred by such parent company, but only to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that in each case the amount of such payments with respect to any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of such income taxes for such fiscal year were the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries a consolidated or combined group of which the Company was the common parent, (2) amounts required to pay federal, state and local income

64

taxes to the extent attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Receivables Subsidiaries, if any, but only to the extent of the amount actually received by the Company from such Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Receivables Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and (3) any non-cash “deemed” dividend” resulting from a parent company offsetting income against losses of the Company which does not involve any cash distribution by the Company,

(c)customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to or reasonably allocated to (as determined by the Company in good faith) the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(d)general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to or reasonably allocated to (as determined by the Company in good faith) the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and

(e)reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any successful or unsuccessful debt or equity offering or any successful or unsuccessful acquisition or strategic transaction by such direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(10)the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions in documentation governing such Subordinated Indebtedness similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; provided that, prior to such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) shall have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Notes and shall have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer;

(11)Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being determined in good faith by the Company and measured at the time such Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(12)distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(13)the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise (and the declaration of such dividend), of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(14)additional Restricted Payments to the Company's direct or indirect parent companies, whether in respect of management fees or otherwise, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million in any fiscal year; provided that the Company may carry over and pay in any subsequent fiscal year, in addition to the amounts permitted for such fiscal year, any portion of the amounts otherwise permitted for prior fiscal years to be paid pursuant to this clause (14) that were not in fact paid;

(15)for so long as (x) the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated federal income tax return with MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., and/or (y) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is included in any consolidated combined or unitary group for foreign, state, local income or franchise tax purposes with any Subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), payments pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement; and

65

(16)other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (16), do not exceed $20.0 million during each twelve-month period elapsed after the Issue Date (provided that the Company may carry over and pay in any subsequent twelve-month period, in addition to the amounts permitted for such twelve-month period, any portion of the amounts otherwise permitted for prior twelve-month periods to be paid pursuant to this clause (16) that were not in fact paid);

provided, however, that, at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07(b)(14) and (b)(16) hereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

In determining whether any payment or Investment is permitted by this covenant, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may allocate all or any portion of such (i) payment or Investment among (x) the categories (or portions thereof) described in clauses (1) through (16) above and (y) the categories (or portions thereof) and the types of Restricted Payments described in the first paragraph of this covenant or (ii) Investments among the categories (or portions thereof) of Permitted Investments; provided that, at the time of such allocation, all such payments or Investments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of this covenant and provided further that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may reclassify all or a portion of such payment or Investment in any manner that complies with this covenant (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification), and following such reclassification such payment or Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only the clause or clauses (or portions thereof) to which such payment or Investment has been reclassified.

For purposes of designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or Sections 4.07(b)(8), (b)(9), (b)(11), (b)(12), (b)(14) or (b)(16) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

Section 4.08    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being understood that the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

(2)pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3)sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b)The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1)contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and any related documentation (including security documents) and Hedging Obligations;

66

(2)this Indenture, the Notes, any Additional Notes or the Guarantees;

(3)purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) hereof on the property so acquired;

(4)applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(5)any agreement or other instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(6)contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7)Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8)restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9)other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

(10)customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements;

(11)customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12)restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility; provided that in the case of Receivables Facilities established after the Issue Date, such restrictions are necessary or advisable, in the good faith determination of the Company, to effect such Receivables Facility;

(13)restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(14)any instrument governing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary as in effect on the date that such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary, or the property or assets of the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, the incurrence of such Indebtedness as a result of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary was permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and

(15)any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.08(a)(1), (a)(2) and (a)(3)  hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in Sections 4.08(b)(1) through (14); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,

67

supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; provided, further, that with respect to contracts, instruments or obligations existing on the Issue Date, any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are in the good faith judgment of the Company not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions than those contained in such contracts, instruments or obligations as in effect on the Issue Date.

Section 4.09    Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

(b)The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1)Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any Guarantor; provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) and then outstanding does not exceed $1,900.0 million less an amount equal to either (A) in the event a Future ABL Facility has been established pursuant to clause (3) below, the sum of (x) $100.0 million (or, if less, the aggregate amount of all then-outstanding revolving credit commitments, other than any then-outstanding incremental revolving credit commitments, under the Credit Agreement) plus (y) the amount by which the aggregate amount of the commitments under the Future ABL Facility exceeds $125.0 million or (B) the then-outstanding principal amount of any Attributable Receivables Facility Debt (or, if less, the aggregate amount of all then-outstanding revolving credit commitments, other than any then-outstanding incremental revolving credit commitments, under the Credit Agreement), as the case may be;

(2)the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness and the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date (including any Subsidiary Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes);

(3)Indebtedness under an asset-based revolving credit facility providing the Company and the Guarantors in an aggregate principal committed amount not to exceed $150.0 million (the “Future ABL Facility”); provided that no such Future ABL Facility shall be permitted in the event that a Receivables Facility is in existence at such time;

(4)Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance or reimburse the cost of the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the

68

direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (d) (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which is then outstanding in reliance on clause (m) below) does not exceed the greater of (x) $175.0 million or (y) 5.0% of consolidated Total Assets of the Company as of the last annual or interim balance sheet date for which internal financial statements are available at any one time outstanding;

(5)Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers' acceptances in the ordinary course of business; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6)Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that

(a)such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (a)), and

(b)the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness (other than liability for those indemnification obligations that are not customarily subject to a cap) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7)Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(8)Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(9)shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

(10)Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes)

69

for the purpose of managing: (a) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding, (b) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (c) commodity pricing risk with respect to any commodity;

(11)obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(12)(x) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture or (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.17 hereof;

(13)the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (4), (13), (14), (17), (18) or (22) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay (or reasonably estimated to be payable) accrued interest, premiums, fees and expenses in connection therewith and any original issue discount (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(a)has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased;

(b)to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively;

(c)shall not include (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor or (z) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(d)to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases Indebtedness secured by Liens junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes or any Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is secured by Liens junior in priority to the Liens securing the Notes or such Guarantee;

(14)Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (x) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets or (y) of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that either

70

(a)after giving effect to such acquisition or merger on a pro forma basis, either (i) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such acquisition or merger would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; or

(b)such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock

(i)is not Secured Indebtedness and is Subordinated Indebtedness with subordination terms that are either, at the Company's election, (x) consistent with market terms of agreements governing comparable Indebtedness of similar companies in the high yield market at the time of such acquisition or merger and do not conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, provided, that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Trustee at least five Business Days (or such shorter time as the Trustee may agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the subordination terms of such Indebtedness, stating that the Company has determined in good faith that such terms satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence thereof or (y) otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,

(ii)is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom,

(iii)does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes and

(iv)in the case of sub-clause (ii) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger;

(15)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days after its incurrence;

(16)Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17)Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in an aggregate principal amount and liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and then outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which is then outstanding in reliance on clause (13) above), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $75.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (17) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (17) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (17));

(18)Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which is then outstanding in reliance on clause (13) above,

71

does not exceed 5.0% of Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets as of the most recent date for which internal financial statements are available (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to such Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (18));

(19)Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, current or former officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof;

(20)Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (20) and then outstanding, does not at any one time outstanding exceed the sum of:

(a)$125.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (20)(a) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (20)(a) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to such Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (20)(a)); plus

(b)100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (2) of the definition thereof);

(21)Attributable Debt incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Issue Date or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in exchange for, or with the proceeds of the sale of, such assets owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Issue Date, provided that the aggregate amount of Attributable Debt incurred under this clause (21) at any time outstanding does not exceed $60.0 million; and

(22)the incurrence by the Company of Qualified Affiliate Debt.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories (or portion thereof) of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (22) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09, or later divide, classify or reclassify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification) all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof, as applicable) will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only such clause or clauses or Section 4.09(a). Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt and may not be subsequently reclassified.

72

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment or accretion of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(23)the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(24)the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(25)in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(a)the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(b)the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Section 4.10    Asset Sales.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2)except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a)any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent internal balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has been released by all creditors in writing or that are otherwise retired, cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee;

(b)any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion, within 180 days following the closing of the Asset Sale;

(c)(1) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale in respect of assets or property that is Collateral having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c)(1) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million or (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration; and (2) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale in respect of assets or property that is not Collateral, having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause

73

(c)(2) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million or (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, in each case of (1) and (2), with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and

(d)the proceeds of any Designated Asset Sale.

(b)Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (other than any Excess Designated Proceeds), the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds to, at its option:

(3)to the extent that such Net Proceeds represent proceeds from an Asset Sale of Fixed Asset Collateral, (a) repay, prepay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Parity Lien Debt (and, in the case of revolving loans and other similar obligations, permanently reduce the commitment thereunder), or (b) purchase other assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business so long as 50% of such Net Proceeds applied pursuant to this clause (b) are used to purchase Fixed Asset Collateral, or (c) make an investment in (i) any one or more businesses primarily engaged in a Similar Business; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of (x) a merger with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary or (z) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such business, (ii) properties, (iii) capital expenditures and (iv) acquisitions of other assets, that in each of (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), are used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

(4)to the extent that such Net Proceeds do not represent proceeds from an Asset Sale of Fixed Asset Collateral, (a) repay, prepay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Priority Lien Debt or the Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (b) repay, prepay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, in each case owing to a person other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall use a portion of such Net Proceeds pursuant to this clause (b) to retire an aggregate principal amount of Parity Lien Debt equal to (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amounts of Parity Lien Debt and the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate principal amounts all Parity Lien Debt and all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees; or

(5)to the extent that such Net Proceeds do not represent proceeds from an Asset Sale of Fixed Asset Collateral, an investment in

(a)any one or more businesses primarily engaged in a Similar Business; provided that such investment in any business is in the form of (w) a merger with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such business or (z) the acquisition of Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary primarily engaged in a Similar Business,

(b)properties,

(c)capital expenditures and

(d)acquisitions of other assets, that in each of (a), (b), (c) and (d), are used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.

74

(c)Any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(2)(c) shall be deemed to have been applied pursuant to Sections 4.10(b)(1) or 4.10(b)(3) so long as such Designated Noncash Consideration is used in the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary within the time periods set forth in this Section 4.10.

(d)Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale (other than any Excess Designated Proceeds) that are not invested or applied in accordance with Section 4.10(b) within 450 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided that if during such 450-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of Sections 4.10(b)(1) or 4.10(b)(3) (as applicable) after such 450^th day, such 450-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days) (or, if earlier, the date of termination of such agreement).

(e)When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $45.0 million, within 30 days thereof, the Company will make an offer to all Holders of Notes, and, at the Company's option, to the holders of any other Parity Lien Debt, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $45.0 million or less. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, including, without limitation, the making of Restricted Payments otherwise permitted under the terms of the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments for authorized denominations). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. The Company at its election may retain or use any Excess Designated Proceeds for any purpose, including, if applicable, to make any Restricted Payment otherwise permitted under the terms of the Indenture.

(f)Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(g)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11    Transactions with Affiliates.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

(1)the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and

75

(2)the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer's Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

(b)The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

(1)transactions between or among the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2)Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3)the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, manager, officer, employee or consultant of the Company, its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company thereof (or their estates, spouses or former spouses);

(4)the payment of reasonable and customary fees and other compensation paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5)payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory or benefit arrangements with such officers, managers, directors, consultants and employees that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

(6)transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (1) of Section 4.11(a) hereof;

(7)transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(8)any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company);

(9)payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any of the Parents for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(10)the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any agreement with the stockholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or its equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (10) to the extent that the

76

terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole in any material respect than the terms of the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company;

(11)investments by the Parents in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(12)sales or repurchases of accounts receivable, payment intangibles and related assets or participations therein, in connection with, or any other transactions relating to, any Receivables Facility;

(13)any transaction pursuant to which MFW or any of its Affiliates provides the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, at their request and at the cost to MFW, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services;

(14)the issuance of Qualified Affiliate Debt and the transactions in connection therewith;

(15)any transaction contemplated by Sections 4.07(b)(9), (b)(14) or (b)(15) hereof;

(16)any transaction with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consists only of Equity Interests of the Company;

(17)any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of (a) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of the Company or a direct or indirect parent of the Company, (b) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (c) reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;

(18)payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

(19)transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with (or is offered to) all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally; provided, however, that with regard to an issue of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Affiliate holds no more than 15% of such issue.

Section 4.12    Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired to secure obligations under any Indebtedness, except Permitted Liens.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category (or portion thereof) of Permitted Liens described in clauses (1) through (33) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock of Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories (or portions thereof) of Permitted Liens described in clauses (1) through (33) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify, or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies (based on circumstances existing at the time of such division, classification or reclassification) with this Section 4.12 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Lien or such

77

item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien in one of the clauses (or portion thereof) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses (or portion thereof).

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness”.

Section 4.13    Business Activities.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any Similar Businesses. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Indenture, the lines of business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date shall be such lines of business.

Section 4.14    Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(1)its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than its Immaterial Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

(2)the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than its Immaterial Subsidiaries (except as such would otherwise reasonably expire, be abandoned or permitted to lapse in the ordinary course of business), necessary in the normal conduct of its business);

except in each case (other than with respect to the Company's existence) to the extent such failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the Company and the Guarantors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under this Indenture or the rights of, or remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders under, this Indenture.

Section 4.15    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a)If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder's Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer in accordance with this Indenture (a “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (such payment, a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. No later than 45 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall provide a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control payment date specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from

78

the date such notice is provided and stating:

(1)that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2)the purchase price and the Change of Control Payment Date;

(3)that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4)that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5)that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased;

(7)that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or a $1,000 integral multiple in excess thereof; and

(8)any conditions precedent to the Change of Control Offer and whether such Change of Control Offer is being made by a third party as provided in clause (c), below.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.

(b)On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1)accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2)deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly provide to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and provide (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any.

(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to

79

make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at or prior to the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer (it being understood that such third party may make a Change of Control Offer that is conditioned on and prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control pursuant to this clause (1)), or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

(d)A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and may be subject to conditions, including such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.16    Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any property unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, would be entitled to (a) incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.09 and (b) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt pursuant to Section 4.12.

The Company shall apply the Net Proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction in compliance with the terms described under Section 4.10.

Section 4.17    Limitations on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Company will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (or any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that guarantees capital markets debt securities or indebtedness for borrowed money under a material Credit Facility of the Company or any Guarantor), other than a Guarantor or an Immaterial Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor unless:

(1)such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, that is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2)such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee prior to payment in full of the Notes;

provided that this Section 4.17 shall not be applicable to (x) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary, in connection with Indebtedness that (A) existed at such time or the proceeds of which were used to make such acquisition and (B) that is permitted to be secured by clause (21) or (31) of the definition of Permitted Liens or clause (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens (but only to the extent relating to the refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of the Liens permitted under any of the foregoing clauses).

Section 4.18    Creation and Perfection of Certain Security Interests Post-Closing.

To the extent any security interests in the Collateral otherwise required by this Indenture are not in place on

80

the date of this Indenture or are not perfected on the date of this Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, including obtaining any required consents from third parties, to have all security interests in the Collateral duly created and enforceable and perfected, to the extent required by the Security Documents, and obtain title insurance promptly following the date of this Indenture, but in no event later than 90 days thereafter or such later period as may be agreed by the Trustee or is the same as the equivalent period under the Existing Credit Agreement for the same asset, unless the same has been waived by the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent for such asset under the Existing Credit Agreement. Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, failure to obtain such consents and create and perfect a security interest in such Collateral or to obtain title insurance within such period shall constitute an Event of Default if and to the extent provided under Section 6.01(9). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after using commercially reasonable efforts such a security interest in an asset cannot be created or perfected because a third party consent has not been obtained or local law does not permit a security interest to more than one secured party, the Company will not be required to create or perfect such security interest. For avoidance of doubt, references in this paragraph to Collateral do not include Excluded Assets. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall have any duty or responsibility to see to or monitor the performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries with regard to these matters.

Section 4.19    Excess Cash Flow Offer.

(a)At or prior to each Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date, the Company will calculate the amount of Excess Cash Flow and the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount for the Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date. If the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio on such Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date exceeds the Secured Leverage Threshold, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Company will make an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount (each, an “Excess Cash Flow Offer”).

(b)For any Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to which the Company is required to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer, within 15 days after the relevant Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date, the Company will provide a notice setting forth the Excess Cash Flow Offer to each Holder at the address appearing in the security register, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

(1)that an Excess Cash Flow Offer is being made, the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that the Company may be required to purchase in such offer, and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holders' Notes (subject to proration) at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date (the “Excess Cash Flow Payment”);

(2)the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 20 business days after such notice is provided and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is provided, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice (the “Excess Cash Flow Payment Date”); and

(3)the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with the Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

(c)On the Excess Cash Flow Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1)accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow Offer (subject to proration);

(2)deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Excess Cash Flow Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so accepted for payment; and

81

(3)deliver or cause to be delivered by the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer's Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

(d)If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered in connection with any Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis but in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and in multiples thereof. If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered in connection with any Excess Cash Flow Offer is less than the Excess Cash Flow Amount allotted to their purchase, the Company shall be permitted to use the portion of the Excess Cash Flow Amount that is not applied to the purchase of Notes in connection with such Excess Cash Flow Offer for general corporate purposes or for any other purposes not prohibited by the Indenture.

(e)The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the foregoing provisions.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01    Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

(a)The Company shall not: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1)the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided, that if the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-issuer of the Notes will be a corporation;

(2)the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3)immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4)immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (i) the Company or the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company or the Successor Company and its respective Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such transaction would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, and the Company will be released from its obligations thereunder.

82

Notwithstanding this Section 5.01(a):

(1)any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into the Company;

(2)the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor; and

(3)the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state of the United States of America so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(b)Each Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

(1)(a) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); (b) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantor's Guarantee and the Security Documents, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and (c) immediately after such transaction, no Event of Default exists; or

(2)the transaction does not violate Section 4.10 hereof or is not an Asset Sale pursuant to the definition thereof.

The Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor's Guarantee, and the Guarantor will be released from its obligations thereunder.

(c)Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01, any Guarantor may (x) merge into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (each such action being referred to in this paragraph as a “transfer”) all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (y) transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in a transaction that (i) does not violate Section 4.10 hereof or is not an Asset Sale pursuant to the definition thereof or (ii) comprised of one or more non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property for fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (z) transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; provided that any transfer made pursuant to this clause (z) satisfies the following conditions:

(1)the transferor receives consideration at the time of such transfer at least equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the properties and assets transferred, such consideration to be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or one or more promissory notes made by the transferee to the transferor;

(2)the Capital Stock of the transferee is owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or by a Restricted Subsidiary the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(3)the transferee (and, if the Capital Stock of the transferee is owned by a Foreign Subsidiary, such owner) agrees in writing not to incur any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock other than:

(a)pursuant to clauses (4), (5), (6), (8), (9), (11), (15) or (16) of Section 4.09(b) hereof,

83

(b)Indebtedness in the nature of deferred purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and

(c)other Indebtedness other than for borrowed money; and

(4)with respect to any property and assets that are owned by the Company or a Guarantor on the Issue Date and subsequently transferred in reliance on this clause (z),

(a)the fair value of such property and assets as of the date of such transfer (as determined in good faith by the Company and evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Trustee not less than five Business Days (or such shorter time as the Trustee may agree) prior to such transfer), plus

(b)the fair value of any other property or assets previously transferred in reliance on this clause (z) as of their respective dates of transfer (as determined in good faith by the Company), minus

(c)the aggregate amount of payments of principal made on or before the date of the transfer in question with respect to all promissory notes previously delivered pursuant to this clause (z) shall not exceed $175.0 million.

(d)For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries in one or more related transactions (other than to the Company or a Guarantor), which properties and assets if held by the Company, instead of such Restricted Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (other than to the Company or a Guarantor), shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

Section 5.02    Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in the case of a sale of the Company's assets (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets) in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01    Events of Default and Remedies.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1)default for 30 days in the payment when due and payable of interest on the Notes;

(2)default in the payment when due and payable (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(3)failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by

84

the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture to comply with any of its other agreements in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4)default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Guarantors (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors) other than, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default both:

(a)(i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”), or (ii) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated final maturity; and

(b)the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5)failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million and not covered by insurance, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6)the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code:

(a)commences a voluntary case,

(b)consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c)consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d)makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e)generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(7)a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Code that:

(a)is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(b)appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(c)orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a

85

Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(8)the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any Responsible Officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the Responsible Officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; or

(9)so long as the Security Documents have not otherwise been terminated in accordance with their terms or the Collateral as a whole of the Company or any Guarantor has not otherwise been released from the Lien of the Security Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, (a) default by the Company or any such Guarantor for 60 days after written notice given by the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes or which adversely affects the condition or value of the Collateral, in each case, taken as a whole, in any material respect, (b) repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, of its obligations under the Security Documents or (c) the determination in a judicial proceeding that all or any material portion of the Security Documents, taken as a whole, are unenforceable or invalid, for any reason, against the Company or any Guarantor; provided, that, it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (9) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Security Documents to be fully enforceable is that any Lien securing Parity Lien Debt (other than the Notes) or Priority Lien Debt purported to be granted under such Security Documents on Collateral ceases to be enforceable and perfected.

Section 6.02    Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

Section 6.03    Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

86

Section 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a)Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, or compliance with any provision of this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(b)In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting Payment Default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

(x)the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged,

(y)the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or

(z)the Default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 6.05    Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, when due, no Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1)such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2)Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security and indemnity; and

(5)Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

87

Section 6.07    Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10    Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, or after an Event of Default any moneys or properties distributable in respect of the Company's or any Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture, such money or property shall be distributed in the following order:

First:to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second:to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third:to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct in a final, non-appealable order.

88

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee.

(a)If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (and is not cured or waived), the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

(b)Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1)the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2)in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the form required by this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations stated therein).

(c)The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1)this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2)the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3)the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d)Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e)No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

89

(f)The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee.

(a)The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected on acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b)Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel or certificate of or notice from a Responsible Officer. The Trustee may consult with counsel of it selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d)The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture or any Security Document. The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in the Indenture or in any Security Document shall not be construed as a duty of the Trustee.

(e)Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f)The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g)The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and in each Security Document, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(h)Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Trustee shall be responsible for and make no representation as to the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Liens securing the Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Trustee shall be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any Lien or security interest in the Collateral.

(i)By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders of the Notes will be deemed to have authorized the Trustee to enter into and to perform each of the Security Documents.

(j)In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(k)The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

90

(l)The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. (an “Incumbency Certificate”).

(m)The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

Section 7.04    Trustee's Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05    Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee will provide to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default (unless such Default is cured) or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06    [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed to in writing from time to time. The Trustee's compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

(b)The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trustee, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates (the “Indemnitees”) against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or any other Note Document against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending such Indemnitee against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The

91

Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. To the extent there exists a conflict or a potential conflict of interest, as determined in good faith by the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c)The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(d)To secure the Company's and the Guarantors' payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(e)When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.

(f)“Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

Section 7.08    Replacement of Trustee.

(a)A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b)The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1)the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2)the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Code;

(3)a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4)the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c)If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d)If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may at the Company's expense petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

92

(f)A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will provide a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The retiring Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any action or inaction of a successor Trustee.

Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

Section 7.11    Agency Capacities.

The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed, and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or any other Note Document.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may at any time, at its option evidenced by a resolution of its Board of Directors set forth in an Officer's Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes of any particular series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02    Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes of any particular series and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to their Guarantees and such Notes (to the extent they are Co-Issuers) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) and cured all existing Events of Default, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1)the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes of any particular series to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from

93

the Funds in Trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2)the Company's obligations with respect any series of Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3)the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations in connection therewith; and

(4)this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03    Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations with respect to a particular series of Notes under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 (except with respect to the existence of the Company), 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof, Sections 5.01(a)(3) and 5.01(a)(4) hereof, Sections 5.01(b) through (d) hereof and Article 10 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), any existing failure by the Company to comply with any such obligations shall no longer constitute an Event of Default, and such Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes of a particular series and Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5) and 6.01(9) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. In addition the Guarantees will be terminated and released and the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Guarantees and such Notes (to the extent they are Co-Issuers) upon a Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.04    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(1)the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the series of Notes being defeased, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities (“Funds in Trust”), in amounts as will be sufficient, based on the advice of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on, the outstanding Notes of such series on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2)in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(a)the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue

94

Service a ruling; or

(b)since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes being defeased will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes being defeased will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to the Funds in Trust);

(5)such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes being defeased over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

(7)the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, have been satisfied.

All of the Collateral will be released from the Lien securing the Notes, as provided under Section 12.03 hereof, upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with the provisions described above.

Section 8.05    Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided

95

in Section 8.04 hereof, which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06    Repayment to Company.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07    Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations under this Indenture and such Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01    Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or the Security Documents without the consent of any Holder of Note:

(1)to cure any ambiguity, defect, inconsistency or omission;

(2)to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3)to provide for the assumption of the Company's, a Co-Issuer's or a Guarantor's obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Guarantees by a successor to the Company, such Co-Issuer's or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

(4)to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder;

(5)to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or a Guarantor;

(6)to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or any Security Document to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular, to the extent that such provision

96

in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes or such Security Document as set forth in an Officer's Certificate;

(7)to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

(8)to allow any Guarantor or other obligor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

(9)to add additional assets as Collateral;

(10)to release a Guarantor or Co-Issuer as provided in this Indenture;

(11)to make, complete or confirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or any of the Security Documents or any release, termination or discharge of Collateral that becomes effective as set forth in this Indenture or any of the Security Documents;

(12)to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(13)to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture; or

(14)to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary.

In addition, the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee will be authorized to amend the Security Documents as provided under Section 7.1 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02    With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 or as permitted by Section 9.01, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.19 hereof) and the Notes and the Guarantees and the Security Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee's own

97

rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will provide to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to provide such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1)reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)reduce the principal of or extend the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.19 hereof);

(3)reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4)waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the Payment Default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee that cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5)make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6)make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(7)except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture, release the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

(8)make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions; or

(9)impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on, such Holder's Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes.

In addition, without the consent of the Holders of Notes of at least 662/3% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents.

Section 9.03    [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a

98

continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Neither the Company nor any Co-Issuer may sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company or such Co-Issuer, as applicable, approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01.Guarantee.

(a)Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2)in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b)The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor

99

hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c)If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d)Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

Section 10.02.Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 10.03.Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after the time such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 10.04.Releases.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor and such Guarantor's obligations (if any) as a Co-Issuer shall automatically be released:

100

(a)In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale, transfer or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof or is not an Asset Sale pursuant to the definition thereof;

(b)In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale, transfer or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof or is not an Asset Sale pursuant to the definition thereof;

(c)If the Company designates such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(d)upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in Article 8 or Article 11 hereof;

(e)upon a sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock which causes such Guarantor to cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary if such sale, transfer or other disposition does not violate any of the provisions of this Indenture;

(f)if such Guarantor no longer has any obligations under any Indebtedness that would require it to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof; or

(g)upon a merger, sale of assets or other transaction that satisfies the requirements of Section 5.01(c).

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

If the Guarantee of any Guarantor is deemed to be released or is automatically released, the Company shall provide notice promptly to the Trustee of such release; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not impair any release under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01    Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes of any particular series issued hereunder, when:

(1)either:

(a)all Notes of such series that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)all Notes of such series that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the providing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of such Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient based on the advice of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, premium,

101

if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption (for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a discharge that occurs in connection with a redemption that is to occur on a Make-Whole Redemption Date, the amount to be deposited shall be the amount that, as of the date of such deposit, is deemed reasonably sufficient to make such payment and discharge on the Make-Whole Redemption Date, in the good-faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution and as evidenced by an Officer's Certificate);

(2)no Default or Event of Default with respect to such Notes has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3)the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes; and

(4)the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

The Collateral will be released from the Lien securing the Notes, as provided under Section 12.04 hereof, upon a satisfaction and discharge in accordance with the provisions described above.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 11.02    Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant series of Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's and any Guarantor's obligations under this Indenture and the relevant series of Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

102

ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 12.01    Security Interest.

The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest on, the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, interest on, the Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes or the Trustee and the Notes (including, without limitation, the Guarantees), according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Security Documents. Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for priority of Liens and foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as the Trustee and as the Collateral Trustee, and each Holder of Notes and the Trustee authorize and direct the Collateral Trustee to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith and authorize and direct each of the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee to bind the Holders of the Notes as set forth in the Security Documents. The Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Security Documents, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and agrees to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company will take, and will cause its Subsidiaries to take, any and all actions reasonably required by the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations and any Junior Lien Obligations, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien in and on all the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Notes, holders of other Collateral Trust Parity Lien Obligations and any holders of Junior Lien Obligations, to the extent required by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Note Documents.

Section 12.02    [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 12.03    Release of Liens on Collateral.

The Collateral Trustee's Liens on the Collateral will be released in any one or more of the circumstances set forth in Section 4.1 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Section 12.04    Release of Liens in Respect of Notes.

The Collateral Trustee's Liens on the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or any other Obligations under this Indenture or other Note Documents, and the right of holders of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee's Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged, as provided in Section 4.4 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Section 12.05    Amendment of Security Documents.

No amendment or supplement to the provisions of the Collateral Trust Agreement or any Collateral Trust Security Document will be effective except in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Any amendment or supplement to the provisions of the Collateral Trust Security Documents that releases Collateral will be effective only in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Collateral Trust Agreement. Any amendment or supplement that results in the Collateral Trustee's Liens upon the Collateral no longer securing the Notes and the other Obligations under this Indenture may only be effected in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

Section 12.06    Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien Debt.

(a)Notwithstanding:

103

(1)anything to the contrary contained in the Collateral Trust Security Documents or the other Parity Lien Security Documents;

(2)the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt;

(3)the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt;

(4)the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral;

(5)the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral;

(6)that any Parity Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or

(7)the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens;

but subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement:

(a)all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor will secure, equally and ratably, all present and future Parity Lien Obligations; and

(b)all proceeds of all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor will be allocated and distributed in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.

This Section 12.06 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Parity Lien Obligations, each present and future Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of Parity Liens.

(b)Pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Parity Lien Representative of each future Series of Parity Lien Debt (other than the Credit Agreement Obligations in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement) shall deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee, the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent and the Trustee at the time of incurrence of such Series of Parity Lien Debt (other than the Credit Agreement Obligations in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement).

(c)Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Liens securing Parity Lien Debt described in the proviso to clause (2) of the definition of Parity Lien Cap shall extend solely to the assets and property described in clause (b) of such proviso, and therefore such Parity Lien Debt will not share equally and ratably with the other Series of Parity Lien Debt with respect to any other Collateral.

Section 12.07    Ranking of Priority Liens in Current Asset Collateral.

Notwithstanding:

(a)anything to the contrary contained in the Priority Lien Security Documents, Collateral Trust Security Documents or the other Parity Lien Security Documents;

(b)the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Priority Lien Debt;

(c)the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Priority Lien Debt;

(d)the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Current Asset Collateral;

104

(e)the time of taking possession or control over any Current Asset Collateral;

(f)that any Priority Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or

(g)the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens;

but subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement:

(1)all Priority Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Current Asset Collateral will be senior to the Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Current Asset Collateral securing any present and future Parity Lien Obligations; and

(2)all proceeds of all Priority Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Current Asset Collateral will be allocated and distributed first, on account of the Priority Lien Obligations and second to the Collateral Trustee for distribution in accordance with the Collateral Trust Agreement.

This Section 12.07 is intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Priority Lien Obligations and each present and future Priority Lien Representative.

Section 12.08    Ranking of Priority Liens in Fixed Asset Collateral.

The Priority Lien Documents, if any, shall provide that, notwithstanding:

(a)anything to the contrary contained in the Priority Lien Security Documents, the Collateral Trust Security Documents or the other Parity Lien Security Documents;

(b)the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Priority Lien Debt;

(c)the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Priority Lien Debt;

(d)the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Fixed Asset Collateral;

(e)the time of taking possession or control over any Fixed Asset Collateral;

(f)that any Parity Lien securing Fixed Asset Collateral may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or

(g)the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens;

but subject to the Collateral Trust Agreement and the ABL Intercreditor Agreement:

(1)all Priority Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Fixed Asset Collateral will be junior to the Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Fixed Asset Collateral securing any present and future Parity Lien Obligations; and

(2)all proceeds of all Priority Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor on Fixed Asset Collateral will be allocated and distributed first, to the Collateral Trustee for distribution in accordance with clauses FIRST and SECOND of Section 3.5(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement (subject to the last paragraph of such Section 3.5(a)), second on account of the Priority Lien Obligations and third, to the Collateral Trustee for distribution in accordance with clauses THIRD and FOURTH of Section 3.5(a) of the Collateral Trust Agreement.

105

Such Priority Lien Documents shall also provide that the provisions described in this Section 12.08 are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Parity Lien Obligations, each present and future Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of Parity Liens.

Section 12.09    Ranking of Junior Liens Relative to Parity Liens.

(a)The Junior Lien Documents, if any, shall provide that, notwithstanding:

(1)anything to the contrary contained in the Collateral Trust Security Documents or the other Parity Lien Security Documents;

(2)the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Series of Junior Lien Debt;

(3)the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt or Series of Junior Lien Debt;

(4)the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral;

(5)the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral;

(6)that any Parity Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or

(7)the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens,

all Junior Liens at any time granted by the Company or any Guarantor will be subject and subordinate to all Parity Liens securing Parity Lien Obligations up to an aggregate amount of no less than the Parity Lien Cap.

(b)Such Junior Lien Documents shall also provide that the provisions described in Section 12.09(a) are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Parity Lien Obligations, each present and future Parity Lien Representative and the Collateral Trustee as holder of Parity Liens

(c)Pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Collateral Trust Agreement, the Junior Lien Representative of each future Series of Junior Lien Debt shall deliver a Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation to the Collateral Trustee and each Parity Lien Representative at the time of incurrence of such Series of Junior Lien Debt as contemplated by clause (2) of the definition thereof.

(d)This Section 12.09 is intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Liens securing Junior Lien Debt as against the Parity Liens. Neither the Notes nor any other Parity Lien Obligations nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection thereof are intended to be, or will ever be by reason of this Section 12.09, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or prejudiced.

Section 12.10    Ranking of Junior Liens Relative to Priority Liens.

(a)The Junior Lien Documents, if any, shall provide that, notwithstanding:

(1)anything to the contrary contained in the Priority Lien Security Documents, the Collateral Trust Security Documents or the other Parity Lien Security Documents;

(2)the time of incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt, any Series of Junior Lien Debt or any Priority Lien Debt;

(3)the order or method of attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of Parity

106

Lien Debt, any Series of Junior Lien Debt or any Priority Lien Debt;

(4)the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements, mortgages or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Lien upon any Collateral;

(5)the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral;

(6)that any Priority Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other Lien; or

(7)the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens,

all Junior Liens at any time granted by the Company or any Guarantor will be subject and subordinate to all Priority Liens securing Priority Lien Obligations.

(b)Such Junior Lien Documents shall also provide that the provisions described in Section 12.09(a) are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable as a third party beneficiary by, each present and future holder of Priority Lien Obligations and each present and future Priority Lien Representative.

(c)This Section 12.10 is intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Liens securing Junior Lien Debt as against the Priority Liens. Neither the Priority Lien Obligations nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection thereof are intended to be, or will ever be by reason of this Section 2.10, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or prejudiced.

Section 12.11    Relative Rights.

Nothing in the Collateral Trust Agreement will:

(a)impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company to pay principal, premium and interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms or any other obligation of the Company or any Guarantor;

(b)affect the relative rights of Holders of the Notes as against any other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor (other than holders of other Parity Liens, Priority Liens or Junior Liens);

(c)restrict the right of any Holder of Notes to sue for payments that are then due and owing (but not enforce any judgment in respect thereof against any Collateral to the extent prohibited by the Collateral Trust Agreement or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(d)restrict or prevent any holder of Junior Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Junior Lien Representative from exercising any of its rights or remedies upon a Default or Event of Default not restricted or prohibited by the Collateral Trust Agreement or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement; or

(e)restrict or prevent any Holder of Notes or other Junior Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee or any Junior Lien Representative from taking any lawful action in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding not restricted or prohibited by the Collateral Trust Agreement or the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 12.12    Designations.

For all purposes hereof and of the Security Documents, the Indebtedness incurred under the Existing Credit Agreement is automatically designated Parity Lien Debt. For all purposes hereof and of the Security Documents requiring or permitting the Company and the Guarantors to designate any other Indebtedness as Priority Lien Debt, Parity Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt and related definitions and any other such designations hereunder or under any of the Security Documents, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation provides in an Officer's Certificate that such Priority Lien Debt, Parity Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, is permitted under this

107

Indenture.

Section 12.13    Further Assurances.

(a)Subject to applicable law:

(1)The Company and each Guarantor shall cause (i) each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary (except as otherwise provided in clause (5) below) or Unrestricted Subsidiary or Receivables Subsidiary or except as otherwise provided under Section 4.17) existing on the Issue Date or formed or acquired after the Issue Date that is required to become a Guarantor as provided under Section 4.17 and (ii) thereafter any such Domestic Subsidiary that was an Immaterial Subsidiary as of the Issue Date but, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available has ceased to qualify as an Immaterial Subsidiary or except as otherwise provided under Section 4.17, to become a Guarantor as promptly thereafter as reasonably practicable by executing and delivering to the Collateral Trustee or any Collateral Trust Representative such amendments to the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Trust Security Documents as the Collateral Trustee or any Collateral Trust Representative reasonably deems necessary or advisable to cause such Subsidiary to become a party to the Collateral Trust Agreement and such Collateral Trust Security Documents (and provide guarantees of the Collateral Trust Obligations) and to do all things that the Collateral Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Collateral Trust Obligations, duly created and enforceable and perfected Liens on the Collateral, in each case to the extent required by the terms of the Collateral Trust Security Documents, in any property (subject to the limitations with respect to Equity Interests set forth in clause (2) below, the limitations with respect to real property set forth in clause (6) below and any other limitations set forth in the Collateral Trust Security Documents) of the Company or such Guarantor which constitutes Collateral, on such terms as may be required pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Trust Security Documents.

(2)The Company and each Guarantor will cause (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each of its Domestic Subsidiaries, other than (x) any Domestic Subsidiary taxed as a partnership or a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes that holds Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary whose Equity Interests are pledged pursuant to clause (ii) below and (y) any Receivables Subsidiary, and (ii) 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by the Company or any Guarantor to be subject at all times from and after the Issue Date to a perfected Lien for the benefit of the holders of Collateral Trust Obligations as contemplated by the Collateral Trust Security Documents, subject to no Lien other than Permitted Liens, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Trust Security Documents as the Collateral Trustee shall reasonably request; provided, however this clause (2) shall not require the Company or any Subsidiary to grant a security interest in (i) any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary to the extent a pledge of such Equity Interests contemplated by the Collateral Trust Security Documents for the benefit of the holders of Collateral Trust Obligations or to secure any debt securities of the Company or any Subsidiary that would be entitled to such a security interest would require separate financial statements of a Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other government agency) under the consolidation rules of Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or any other law, rule or regulation or (ii) the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary, any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Receivables Subsidiary; provided, further, however that no pledge of any Equity Interests shall be required to the extent such Equity Interests are excluded from the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Collateral Trust Security Documents.

(3)Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each Guarantor will, and will cause each Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to, execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such documents, agreements and instruments, and will take or cause to be taken such further actions (including the delivery of supplemental schedules to the Collateral Trust Security Documents if required thereunder, the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents and such

108

other actions or deliveries of the type required by the equivalent provision of the Existing Credit Agreement, as applicable) to carry out the terms and conditions of the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Collateral Trust Security Documents and to ensure perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Trust Security Documents except to the extent contemplated hereby and thereby, or as the Collateral Trustee may, from time to time, reasonably request, all at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors.

(4)Subject to the limitations set forth or referred to in this Section 12.13, if any material assets (including any real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein) are acquired by the Company or any Guarantor after the Issue Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Trust Security Documents that become subject to the Lien held by the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the holders of Collateral Trust Obligations upon acquisition thereof), the Company will (if such assets were acquired outside the ordinary course of business) notify the Collateral Trustee thereof, who shall provide a copy of such notice to the Collateral Trust Representatives, and, if requested by the Collateral Trustee, the Company will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Collateral Trust Obligations and will take, and cause Guarantors to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in clause (3) above, all at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors.

(5)If, at any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they are Immaterial Subsidiaries comprise in the aggregate more than 5% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available or more than 5% of EBITDA of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available (or, in each case, such later date as the Collateral Trustee or the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent under the equivalent provision of the Credit Agreement may agree), then the Company shall, not later than 90 days after the last date of such fiscal quarter (or, in the case of the last fiscal quarter of a fiscal year, 135 days after the end of such fiscal quarter), cause one or more such Restricted Subsidiaries to become additional Guarantors (notwithstanding that such Restricted Subsidiaries are, individually, Immaterial Subsidiaries) such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true.

(6)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, real property required to be mortgaged under this Section 12.13 shall be limited to real property located in the United States owned in fee by the Company or a Guarantor having a fair market value at the time of the acquisition thereof of $3.0 million or more (provided that the cost of perfecting such Lien is not unreasonable in relation to the benefits to the holders of the Collateral Trust Obligations of the security afforded thereby in the reasonable judgment of the Company or of the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent in respect of the equivalent provision in the Applicable Credit Agreement, in each case after consultation with the Company).

(7)Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (i) include as collateral any Excluded Assets, (ii) perfect any Liens in any cash, deposit accounts or securities accounts to the extent perfection requires actions other than the filing of customary financing statements or (iii) perfect any Liens or take any other action with respect to any asset if the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent has agreed with the Company that the burden or cost of the equivalent of such action under the Credit Agreement is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained by such action. The Company or any Guarantor may elect, in its sole discretion to take any action referred to in the previous sentence but no such election shall require the Company or any Guarantor to continue to maintain any such action or take any other action referred to in the preceding sentence.

(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after using commercially reasonable efforts such a security interest in an asset cannot be created or perfected because a third party consent has not been obtained or local law does not permit a security interest to more than one secured party, the Company will not be required to create or perfect such security interest.

109

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01    No Trust Indenture Act Provisions.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Indenture will not be required to be qualified under the TIA and will not incorporate any provisions of the TIA.

Section 13.02    Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person, by facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, TX 78249

Facsimile No.: (210) 558-5254

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

M&F Worldwide Corp.

35 East 62^nd Street

New York, NY 10021

Facsimile No: (212) 572-5056

Attention: Barry F. Schwartz

and

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile No.: (212) 492-0052

Attention: Lawrence G. Wee

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

45 Broadway, 14th Floor

New York, New York 10006

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Administrator for Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

110

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to provide a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is provided in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company provides a notice or communication to Holders, it will provide a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with DTC operational arrangements or other applicable DTC procedures.

Section 13.03    [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 13.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1)an Officer's Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2)an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied; provided that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date.

Section 13.05    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04) must include:

(1)a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2)a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3)a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4)a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. Any opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications.

Section 13.06    Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, or Paying

111

Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07    No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Stockholders or Controlling Persons.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or controlling person of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.08    Governing Law, Jury Trial Waiver.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

EACH OF THE CO-ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS, OR THE NOTES.

Section 13.09    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10    Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor and Co-Issuer, as applicable, in this Indenture and the Notes, as applicable, will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof.

Section 13.11    Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.12    Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 13.13    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

112

Section 13.14    Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 13.15    Patriot Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

[Signatures on following page]

113

SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND CLARKE CORP.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

SCANTRON CORPORATION

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

CHECKS IN THE MAIL, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

NEW FANEUIL, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

114

FANEUIL, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

FANEUIL VIRGINIA LLC

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

FANEUIL TOLL OPERATIONS LLC

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

ORIGINAL RESEARCH II LLC

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS INDIA, LLC

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HFS RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HFS SCANTRON HOLDINGS CORP.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

115

JOHN H. HARLAND COMPANY OF PUERTO RICO

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

116

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS TRUSTEE

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

117

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

CUSIP/CINS ____________

9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

No. ___                                            $____________

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

AND THE CO-ISSUERS LISTED ON THE "SCHEDULE OF CO-ISSUERS" HERETO

each promise to pay to or registered assigns,

the principal sum of __________________________________________________________________ DOLLARS on August 1, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

Dated: _________, 20

A-1

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND CLARKE CORP.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

SCANTRON CORPORATION

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

CHECKS IN THE MAIL, INC.

By:    ________________________________________

Name:

Title:

A-2

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By: ________________________________

Authorized Signatory

A-3

[Back of Note]

9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

[Insert the Regulation S Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)INTEREST. Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the entities listed on the “Schedule of Co-Issuers” hereto (the “Co-Issuers”), jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.750% per annum from July 24, 2012 until maturity. The Company and the Co-Issuers, jointly and severally, will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;¹provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be , 20 . The Company and the Co-Issuers, jointly and severally, will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Code) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2)METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company and the Co-Issuers, jointly and severally, will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar (which initially will be the office of the Trustee), or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check provided to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3)PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

¹ Additional Notes may have interest accruing from various dates after the Issue Date, including dates that are prior to the date of issuance of such Additional Notes

A-4

(4)INDENTURE. The Company and Co-Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 24, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes and the Indenture (and the Guarantees by the Guarantors) and various related Obligations are secured pursuant to the Security Documents. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of a Security Document, such Security Document shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company and the Co-Issuers on a joint and several basis. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5)OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a)Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to August 1, 2015. On or after August 1, 2015, the Company may, in one or more instances, redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice (except that redemption notices may be provided more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

Year	Percentage
2015	104.875%
2016	102.438%
2017 and thereafter	100.000%

(b)At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Company may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture) at a redemption price equal to 109.750% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date; provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, but including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and that such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

(c)At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Company may, in one or more instances, also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice by the Company (except that redemption prices may be provided by the Company more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(6)MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company and the Co-Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

A-5

(7)REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “Change of Control Payment”). No later than 45 days following any Change of Control, the Company will provide a notice to each Holder and the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b)At or prior to each Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date, the Company will calculate the amount of Excess Cash Flow and the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount for the Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date. If the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio on such Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date exceeds the Secured Leverage Threshold, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Company will make an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount (each, an “Excess Cash Flow Offer”). For any Excess Cash Flow Period with respect to which the Company is required to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer, within 15 days after the relevant Excess Cash Flow Offer Trigger Date, the Company will provide a notice to each Holder and the Trustee setting forth the procedures governing the Excess Cash Flow Offer as required by the Indenture.

(c)If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sale and the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $45.0 million, within 30 days thereof, the Company will make an offer to all Holders of Notes, and, at the Company's option, to the holders of any other Parity Lien Debt, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt, on a pro rata basis, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the “Asset Sale Offer”). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $45.0 million or less. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, including, without limitation, the making of Restricted Payments otherwise permitted under the terms of the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Parity Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other Parity Lien Debt shall be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments for authorized denominations). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. The Company at its election may retain or use any Excess Designated Proceeds for any purpose, including, if applicable, to make any Restricted Payment otherwise permitted under the terms of the Indenture. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8)NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be provided at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or sent to DTC in accordance with its procedures applicable to global notes, except that redemption notices may be provided more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

A-6

(9)DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10)SECURITY. The Notes will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee and/or the Collateral Trustee, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

(11)PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(12)AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees or the Security Documents may be amended or supplemented as described in Section 9.01 of the Indenture.

(13)DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Notes are subject to certain Events of Default, as provided in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Notes may be subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02 of the Indenture. Other provisions relating to defaults and remedies may be found in Article 6 of the Indenture.

(14)GUARANTEES. The Company's and the Co-Issuers' obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

(15)TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(16)NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or controlling person of the Company or any of the Guarantors or any of their parent companies, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

A-7

(17)AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(18)ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(19)CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(20)GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, TX 78249

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

A-8

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: _____________________________________________________

(Insert assignee's legal name)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _______________

Your Signature:     ________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.15 or 4.19 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

q Section 4.10 q Section 4.15 q Section 4.19

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.15 or 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_______________

Date: _______________

Your Signature: ___________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.: ___________________________

Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

*Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase) Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian

SCHEDULE OF CO-ISSUERS

The following are the Co-Issuers of the Notes represented by this Note:

Name Jurisdiction of Formation

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-11

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, TX 78249

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

213 Court Street, Suite 703

Middletown, CT 06457

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee and Registrar - DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Co-Issuers party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer [9.750% Senior Secured Note[s]] (the “Note[s]”) or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. oCheck if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-1

2. oCheck if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. oCheck and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a)o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b)o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c)o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d)o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

B-2

4. oCheck if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) oCheck if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) oCheck if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) oCheck if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

___________________________________________________        [Insert Name of Transferor]

By:    ___________________________________________________        Name:

Title:

Dated:______________________________________________

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)o a beneficial interest in the:

(i)o 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii)o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(b) o a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) o a beneficial interest in the:

(i)o 144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(ii)o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

(iii)o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

(b) o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c) o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, TX 78249

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

213 Court Street, Suite 703

Middletown, CT 06457

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee and Registrar - DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

(CUSIP ____________)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Co-Issuers party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

__________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange [9.750% Senior Secured Note[s]] (the “Note[s]”) or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

C-1

(b) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) oCheck if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) oCheck if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

________________________________________________    

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By: ________________________________________________            Name:

Title:

Dated: __________________

C-3

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, TX 78249

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

213 Court Street, Suite 703

Middletown, CT 06457

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee and Registrar - DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Co-Issuers party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of:

(a) o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) o a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1.We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and,

D-1

if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

3.We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4.We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5.We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

_________________________________________________        

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

By:    _________________________________________________        

Name:

Title:

Dated:    _________________________

D-2

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE FOR NOTES

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth, and subject to the provisions of, the Indenture dated as of July 24, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., (the “Company”), the Guarantors and Co-Issuers party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. To the extent the provisions of this Notation of Guarantee conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

By: _________________________________________________

Name:

Title:

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, 20__, among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 24, 2012 providing for the issuance of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 ( the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.    AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or controlling person of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

4.NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

5.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their

F-1

original signatures for all purposes.

6.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: _______________, 20___

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

By: _______________________________

Name:

Title:

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

By: _______________________________

Name:

Title:

[EXISTING CO-ISSUERS]

By: _______________________________

Name:

Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

By: _______________________________

Name:

Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By: _______________________________

Authorized Signatory

F-3

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Charles T. Dawson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	November 8, 2013		/s/ Charles T. Dawson
		Name:	Charles T. Dawson
		Title:	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Peter A. Fera, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	November 8, 2013		/s/ Peter A. Fera, Jr.
		Name:	Peter A. Fera, Jr.
		Title:	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for the federal and state tax returns of the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide or MacAndrews and subsidiaries, as the case may be, including in each case the Company, for the tax years 2010 through 2012 generally remain open. In addition, open tax years related to foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material. The Company has recently been notified that the Internal Revenue Service has selected to examine the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide and subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 21, 2011.

There are no events that have occurred since December 31, 2012 that had a material impact on amounts accrued for the Company's uncertain tax positions.

XML

Long-Term Debt 1 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Jul. 24, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Capital Lease Obligations	$ 3.2	$ 3.1
Unamortized original issue discount, original issue premium and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount	(155.3)	(271.9)
Debt and Capital Lease Obligations	1,929.3	1,847.8
Less current maturities	(90.0)	(78.5)
Long-term Debt, net of current maturities	1,839.3	1,769.3
1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt	1,370.8	1,406.0
Total Extended Term Loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt			973.0
Extended Term Loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt	625.5	677.4	692.8
Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt	0	728.6	729.0
Tranche B-3 Term Loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt	745.3	0
9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt	285.0	235.0
Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Subordinated Debt	204.3	204.3
9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Subordinated Debt	$ 221.3	$ 271.3

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Product revenues, net	$ 318.7	$ 303.1	$ 917.8	$ 914.3
Service revenues, net	59.1	54.8	166.8	154.8
Total net revenues	377.8	357.9	1,084.6	1,069.1
Cost of products sold	197.4	188.0	560.2	595.1
Cost of services provided	41.4	39.7	119.4	117.6
Total cost of revenues	238.8	227.7	679.6	712.7
Gross profit	139.0	130.2	405.0	356.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses	72.8	68.2	210.0	221.5
Asset impairment charges	0.2	0.7	1.1	0.7
Restructuring costs	1.6	11.6	14.9	16.2
Operating income	64.4	49.7	179.0	118.0
Interest income	0.2	0.2	0.6	0.7
Interest expense	(53.5)	(56.3)	(165.4)	(166.0)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	0	(34.2)	(61.0)	(34.2)
Loss from equity method investment	(0.1)	0	(0.5)	0
Other expense, net	0	0	0	(0.2)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	11.0	(40.6)	(47.3)	(81.7)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes on continuing operations	3.4	(15.9)	(19.2)	(31.4)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	7.6	(24.7)	(28.1)	(50.3)
Net income from discontinued operations	412.3	5.7	439.2	0.7
Net income (loss)	$ 419.9	$ (19.0)	$ 411.1	$ (49.6)

XML

Discontinued Operations

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Discontinued Operations [Abstract]

Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations, Disclosure [Text Block]

Discontinued Operations

On August 16, 2013, the Company completed the divestiture of HFS, which was previously reported as the Harland Financial Solutions business segment, and recognized an after tax gain on the divestiture. A total of approximately $1,200.0 of cash proceeds was received from the divestiture. In connection with the divestiture, the Company has reclassified the results of the Harland Financial Solutions segment as discontinued operations for all periods presented. As part of the purchase and sale agreement, the Company will perform and be compensated for customary transition services for a limited time related to certain administrative functions for HFS as performed for HFS prior to its divestiture and as set forth specifically in a transition services agreement. Cash flows from the transition services are considered to be indirect cash flows under applicable accounting guidance. The Company expects the transition services to be completed within one year from the date of the divestiture.

Operating results for discontinued operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Net revenues	$	45.7	$	64.7	$	205.7	$	173.2
Income from discontinued operations before gain on sale and income taxes	7.2		7.9		49.5		1.1
Gain on sale of discontinued operations	647.0		—		647.0		—
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	654.2		7.9		696.5		1.1
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	241.9		2.2		257.3		0.4
Net income from discontinued operations	$	412.3	$	5.7	$	439.2	$	0.7

XML

Transactions with Related Parties

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Transactions with Related Parties [Abstract]

Transactions with Related Parties

Transactions with Related Parties

Insurance

The Company participates in MacAndrews' directors and officers insurance program, which covers the Company as well as MacAndrews and MacAndrews' other affiliates. The limits of coverage are available on aggregate losses to any or all of the participating companies and their respective directors and officers. The Company reimburses MacAndrews for its allocable portion of the premiums for such coverage, which the Company believes is more favorable than premiums the Company could secure were it to secure its own coverage. At September 30, 2013, the Company recorded prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.7 and $1.1, respectively, relating to the directors and officers insurance program. At December 31, 2012, the Company recorded prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.7 and $1.0, respectively, related to the directors and officers insurance program. The Company paid $1.0 and $1.9 to MacAndrews during the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, under the directors and officers insurance program. The Company also participates in certain other insurance programs with MacAndrews under which it pays premiums directly to the insurance broker.

Tax Sharing Agreement

The Company, MacAndrews and certain other subsidiaries of MacAndrews entered into a tax sharing agreement on December 21, 2011, whereby MacAndrews files consolidated federal income tax returns on the Company's behalf. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Company makes periodic payments to MacAndrews. These payments are based on the applicable federal income tax liability that the Company would have had for each taxable period if the Company had not been included in the MacAndrews consolidated group. Similar provisions apply with respect to any foreign, state or local income or franchise tax returns filed by any MacAndrews consolidated, combined or unitary group for each period that the Company is included in any such group for foreign, state or local tax purposes. The Company made net payments to MacAndrews of $228.3 and $270.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $22.4 and $70.6 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

Notes Receivable

On December 27, 2011, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement with its indirect parent, MacAndrews, whereby MacAndrews could borrow an amount not exceeding $30.0. The facility is unsecured, bears interest at LIBOR plus 2% and matures in December 2013. The facility was drawn in full by MacAndrews on December 27, 2011 and remained outstanding at September 30, 2013. Interest income of $0.2 and $0.5 was recorded and related payments were received during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively. Interest income of $0.2 and $0.6 was recorded and related payments were received during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

Other

The Company expensed $0.6 and $2.0 during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.6 and $2.0 during the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively, for services provided to the Company by M & F Worldwide. This amount is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses.

During the nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid cash dividends of $29.2 and $25.8, respectively, to M & F Worldwide as permitted by restricted payment baskets within the Company's debt agreements.

On March 19, 2012, the Company completed the Faneuil Acquisition from affiliates of MacAndrews, its indirect parent (see Note 3). In connection with the Faneuil Acquisition, Faneuil's revolving credit facility with an affiliate of MacAndrews, which was entered into on January 25, 2012, was extinguished (see Note 12).

XML

Subsequent Event (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Aug. 16, 2013	Oct. 18, 2013 Completion of Sale of Faneuil, Inc. [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Subsequent Event, Date		Oct. 18, 2013
Proceeds from Divestiture of Businesses	$ 1,200.0	$ 25.0
Noncash or Part Noncash Divestiture, Amount of Consideration Received		$ 25.0
Noncash Or Part Noncash Divestiture Number of Common Shares as Consideration Received		3.0

XML

Long-Term Debt 4 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended													0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	0 Months Ended		3 Months Ended					0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Apr. 04, 2007	Sep. 30, 2013 1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Total Extended Term Loans [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Extended Term Loans [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Extended Term Loans [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] 1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] Term Loan [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] Term Loan [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] Letter of Credit [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Secured Debt [Member] Revolving Credit Sub-Facility Member [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Prime Rate of Credit Suisse [Member] Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Prime Rate of Credit Suisse [Member] Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Federal Funds Rate Plus 0.5% [Member] Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Apr. 04, 2007 Federal Funds Rate Plus 0.5% [Member] Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Reserve Adjusted LIBOR Interest Rate [Member] Option 2 Rate Per Annum equal to [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Reserve Adjusted LIBOR Interest Rate [Member] Option 2 Rate Per Annum equal to [Member] Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Secured Debt				$ 1,370.8	$ 1,406.0	$ 973.0	$ 625.5	$ 677.4	$ 692.8	$ 0	$ 728.6	$ 729.0
Springing maturity date expressed in number of days prior to the maturity date of 2015 Senior Notes																90 days
Repayments of Long-term Debt	786.5	324.0														280.2		726.6
Annual Repayment of a Loan Expressed as a Percentage of the Original Principal Amount																10.00%			1.00%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate at Period End																	5.40%
Fixed Percentage added to Federal Funds Rate prior to Applicable Margin Percentage																									0.50%	0.50%
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate																							4.25%	1.50%	4.25%	1.50%	5.25%	2.50%
Original Loan Principal Amount														1,800.0
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity																				100.0	60.0	30.0
Aggregate Principal Amount Of Incremental Indebtedness Permitted Under Certain Circumstances													250.0
Percent of Outstanding Voting Stock			65.00%
Percentage Of Excess Cash Flow As Defined In The Credit Agreement														50.00%
Percentage Of The Net Proceeds Of Certain Issuances, Offerings Or Placements Of Debt Obligations														100.00%
Excess Cash Flow Prepayment of Long-Term Debt															$ 12.5
Percentage of Outstanding principal Amount to Prepay if Change of Control Occurs														101.00%
Percentage of Principal Amount to be prepaid with proceeds of certain asset sales														100.00%

XML

Long-Term Debt

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

	September 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Extended Term Loans due 2017	$	625.5		$	677.4
Non-Extended Term Loans due 2014	—			728.6
Tranche B-3 Term Loans due 2018	745.3			—
Total $1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	1,370.8			1,406.0
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018	285.0			235.0
Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015	204.3			204.3
9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015	221.3			271.3
Capital lease obligations	3.2			3.1
Unamortized original issue discount, original issue premium and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount	(155.3		)	(271.9		)
	1,929.3			1,847.8
Less: current maturities	(90.0		)	(78.5		)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$	1,839.3		$	1,769.3

New Facility Joinder Agreement to Credit Agreement

On April 26, 2013, the Company entered into a new facility joinder agreement to the Credit Agreement (as defined hereinafter) under which the Company borrowed $750.0 (the "Tranche B-3 Term Loans"). Proceeds of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans were used to repay, in full, together with all interest and fees accrued in respect of, the Non-Extended Term Loans plus other fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans will mature on May 22, 2018 subject (if the Revolving Facility (as defined hereinafter) is terminated and repaid in full) to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Senior Notes if they have not otherwise been repaid, extended or refinanced. The Company is required to repay the Tranche B-3 Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 2.50% of the original amount. In addition, aggregate amortization in respect of all of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans and all other debt sharing liens with such loans (with certain exceptions) must be at least $75.0 per year (subject to certain reductions). The weighted average interest rate on the Tranche B-3 Term Loans outstanding was 7.0% at September 30, 2013.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.50% per annum, provided that the rate before the applicable margin shall not be less than 2.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.50% per annum, provided that the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate shall not be less that 1.50% per annum.

All other terms are substantially the same as the Credit Agreement (as defined hereinafter).

Revolving Credit Facility due 2018

On February 20, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings terminated the Revolver (as defined hereinafter) and along with certain of its domestic subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, and its direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its other domestic subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Revolving Facility provides for a facility equal to the lesser of $80.0 and a calculated borrowing base consisting of:

• 85% of eligible receivables less unearned revenue; plus

• the lesser of (i) 85% of the orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and (ii) 70% of eligible inventory (in each case, at the lower of book value and market); minus

• eligibility reserves in effect at the time.

The borrowing base at September 30, 2013 was $33.7, a decrease of $18.6 from the borrowing base at June 30, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to recent divestitures (see Notes 4 and 19). The Revolving Facility includes an up to $30.0 subfacility for letters of credit and an up to $10.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swingline loans. As of September 30, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility and there was $23.3 available for borrowing (giving effect to the issuance of $10.4 of letters of credit).

Borrowings and other obligations under the Revolving Facility are guaranteed by CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Harland Clarke Holdings and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of such loan parties, including inventory, receivables, equipment, intellectual property and real property. The obligations under the Revolving Facility are secured by a first priority lien on inventory, receivables, payment intangibles and other current assets and other assets arising therefrom and proceeds thereof and second priority liens on the remaining collateral, subject to the first priority liens securing the Company's Tranche B-3 Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter).

The Revolving Facility will terminate on February 20, 2018, with springing maturities 91 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the Company's Extended Term Loans and 2015 Senior Notes (each as defined hereinafter) all of which mature prior to the termination date of this Revolving Facility.

Borrowings against the Revolving Facility bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A LIBOR rate borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter; or

• An Alternate Base Rate ("ABR") borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to the greatest of:

• The prime rate of Citibank;

▪ Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%; and

▪ LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1%,

plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter.

The Revolving Facility has a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum if the average utilization of the Revolving Facility for the preceding fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the total commitments and 0.375% per annum if the average utilization for the preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the total commitments. The Revolving Facility has a weighted average fee of 2.00% for issued letters of credit.

The Revolving Facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or capitalized lease obligations, or issue disqualified or preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (v) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vi) make investments or acquisitions; (vii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (viii) amend certain of the Company's indebtedness; (ix) engage in substantially different lines of business; (x) change the Company's fiscal year; and (xi) engage in speculative hedging transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The Revolving Facility also contains a fixed charge coverage ratio test that may apply if the Company's excess availability falls below specified levels, as well as affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for such facilities.

$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Extended Term Loans

On July 24, 2012, an amendment (the "Amendment") entered into on May 10, 2012 by the Company to its credit agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 (the "Credit Agreement") became effective, thereby extending the maturity of $973.0 of term loans under the Credit Agreement (the "Extended Term Loans") from June 2014 to June 2017 (subject to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity date of the Company's 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter) if such notes have not been repaid, extended or refinanced). The effectiveness of the Amendment was conditioned on, among other customary conditions, the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans, which repayment was made with net proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) and cash on hand. After giving effect to such repayment and the effectiveness of the Amendment, there were $692.8 of Extended Term Loans outstanding and $729.0 of non-extended term loans (the "Non-Extended Term Loans") outstanding. The Company is required to repay the Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 10% of the original extended amount after giving effect to the $280.2 prepayment thereof required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. The Amendment also includes several covenants in addition to those covenants in the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Extended Term Loans outstanding was 5.4% at September 30, 2013.

The Extended Term Loans bear, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.25% per annum.

Non-Extended Term Loans

On April 4, 2007, the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries as co-borrowers entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for a $1,800.0 senior secured term loan (the "Term Loan"), which was fully drawn at closing on May 1, 2007 and was to mature on June 30, 2014 with respect to the Non-Extended Term Loans. The Non-Extended Term Loans were repaid on April 26, 2013 with proceeds from the Tranche B-3 Term Loans. The Company was required to repay the Non-Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original principal amount multiplied by the ratio of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment to the total Non-Extended Term Loans and Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment prior to giving effect to the prepayment required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that a portion of the Company's excess cash flow be applied to prepay amounts borrowed, as further described below. The Credit Agreement also provided for a $100.0 revolving credit facility (the "Revolver"). The Revolver included an up to $60.0 subfacility in the form of letters of credit and an up to $30.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swing line loans. The Revolver was terminated on February 20, 2013 upon the execution of the new Revolving Facility.

Under certain circumstances, the Company is permitted to incur additional term loan and/or revolving credit facility indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250.0. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement, the 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter), and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) allow the Company to incur substantial additional debt.

The Non-Extended Term Loans bore, at the Company's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum.

The Company and each of its existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries, certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that do not guarantee other debt of the Company and subject to certain other exceptions, are guarantors and may also be co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company's direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company's, each of the co-borrowers' and the guarantors' tangible and intangible assets and equity interests (other than voting stock in excess of 65.0% of the outstanding voting stock of each direct foreign subsidiary and certain other excluded property).

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets, loans, acquisitions, restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions. The Company has the right to prepay the term loans at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain breakage costs. The Company is required to prepay the term loans with 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement, with certain reductions set forth in the Credit Agreement, based on achievement and maintenance of leverage ratios) and 100% of the net proceeds of certain issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than permitted debt). Each such prepayment will be applied first to the next eight unpaid quarterly amortization installments on the term loans and second to the remaining amortization installments on the term loans on a pro rata basis. No excess cash flow payment was required in 2013 with respect to 2012. In March 2012, an excess cash flow payment of $12.5 was paid with respect to 2011. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement such excess cash flow payments were applied against other mandatory payments due in the same year of the excess cash flow payment.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Such events of default include, but are not limited to: non-payment of amounts when due; violation of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; cross default and cross acceleration with respect to other material debt; bankruptcy and other insolvency events; certain ERISA events; invalidity of guarantees or security documents; and material judgments. Some of these events of default allow for grace periods.

If a change of control (as defined in the Credit Agreement) occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to prepay all outstanding term loans under the Credit Agreement at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, and lenders holding a majority of the revolving credit commitments may elect to terminate the revolving credit commitments in full. The Company is also required to offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales under certain circumstances.

Senior Notes due 2015

On May 1, 2007, the Company issued $305.0 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Floating Rate Notes") and $310.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Fixed Rate Notes" and, together with the Floating Rate Notes, the "2015 Senior Notes"). The 2015 Senior Notes mature on May 15, 2015. The Fixed Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum of 9.50%, payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined in the indenture governing the 2015 Senior Notes (the "2015 Senior Notes Indenture")), subject to a floor of 1.25%, plus 4.75%, payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The interest rate on the Floating Rate Notes was 6.0% at September 30, 2013. The Senior Notes are unsecured and are therefore effectively subordinated to all of the Company's senior secured indebtedness, including outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes. The Company and each of its existing subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries and certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain other exceptions, are guarantors and may also be co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes.

The 2015 Senior Notes Indenture contains customary restrictive covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on the Company's ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge or consolidate and transfer or sell assets. The Company must offer to repurchase all of the 2015 Senior Notes upon the occurrence of a "change of control," as defined in the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company must also offer to repurchase the 2015 Senior Notes with the proceeds from certain sales of assets, if it does not apply those proceeds within a specified time period after the sale, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

On July 24, 2012, the Company and Harland Clarke Corp., Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Scantron Corporation and Checks in the Mail, Inc. (together, the "Co-Issuers") issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes"). Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. was released from its obligations as a Co-Issuer and Guarantor (as defined below) in connection with the divestiture of HFS (see Notes 1 and 4). The Company used the net proceeds from the offering, together with cash on hand, to repay $280.2 aggregate principal amount of outstanding Extended Term Loans under its Credit Agreement.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture"), among the Company, the Co-Issuers, certain of the Company's domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"). The Guarantors have guaranteed (the "Guarantees") the Company's and Co-Issuers' obligations under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture on a senior secured basis. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among the Company, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral trustee (the "Collateral Trustee") and a Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings named therein, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as credit agreement collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and as collateral trustee.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes mature on August 1, 2018. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum, payable on each February 1 and August 1 to holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 of each year.

On May 20, 2013, the Company completed an additional offering of $50.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Additional Notes") pursuant to the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and supplemented on February 20, 2013 (as so supplemented, the "Indenture") under which the Company previously issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Original Notes", and together with the Additional Notes, the "Notes"). The Additional Notes were sold at a price of 109.00% plus accrued interest from February 1, 2013. The Additional Notes trade as a single series with the Original Notes and are treated substantially the same as the Original Notes under the Indenture. On June 19, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings used proceeds from the Additional Notes to repay and retire $50.0 of the Fixed Rate Notes.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantees are senior secured obligations of the Guarantors. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees rank as follows: (i) secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that are secured by pari passu liens on the collateral, including their existing senior secured credit facilities; (ii) effectively junior to all of the Company's, Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under any future asset-based revolving credit facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral held by the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; (iii) structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any existing and future subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors; (iv) pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and effectively senior to the extent of the value of the collateral to any future unsecured indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that is secured by liens on the collateral that are junior to the liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees or that is unsecured; and (v) senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, by substantially all of the Company's, the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, if the Company's secured leverage ratio exceeds certain levels, the Company will be required to offer to purchase an amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes equal to the greater of (1) $15.0 and (2) 50% of its excess cash flow for the applicable period, less any voluntary prepayments of 2018 Senior Secured Notes or credit facility indebtedness and certain mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period and subject to certain other exceptions, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest. Upon the occurrence of a change of control or if the Company sells certain assets, the Company may be required to make an offer to purchase the 2018 Senior Secured Notes at certain specified prices.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the Company's, the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' ability to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (iv) repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; (v) make investments or acquisitions; (vi) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (vii) incur restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to the Company; (viii) enter into transactions with the Company's affiliates; (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all assets; and (x) transfer or sell assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for indentures governing high-yield debt securities.

Faneuil Revolving Credit Facilities

Faneuil had a $35.5 revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Agreement"), which was to mature on June 1, 2012 and was paid in full on January 25, 2012. The Revolving Credit Agreement allowed Faneuil to choose from two different interest rate options. The first option was LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum and the second option was Prime Rate minus 1.25%. The Revolving Credit Agreement contained certain covenants and restrictions including covenants and restrictions related to change of control, mergers, dissolution, accounting methodology, indebtedness, dividends and distributions. The Revolving Credit Agreement was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Faneuil, and was secured by a pledge of the shares of Faneuil's parent.

On January 25, 2012, Faneuil entered into a new $25.0, two-year, revolving credit agreement with MacAndrews & Forbes Group LLC, which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews. This revolver was drawn in full on January 25, 2012 and the proceeds, along with cash on hand, were used to pay in full the outstanding balance of $25.6 plus all accrued interest under the Revolving Credit Agreement. Faneuil terminated the Revolving Credit Agreement and it is no longer available for borrowing.

On March 19, 2012, in connection with the Faneuil Acquisition, Faneuil's $25.0 revolving credit facility with MacAndrews & Forbes Group LLC was extinguished and Faneuil no longer has any loans outstanding.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the repayment of $726.6 of the Non-Extended Term Loans and $50.0 of Fixed Rate Notes in the second quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt of $61.0 resulting from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount, which was attributable to the MacAndrews Acquisition.

In connection with the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans in the third quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $34.2 resulting from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount, which was attributable to the MacAndrews Acquisition.

Capital Lease Obligations

The Company had outstanding capital lease obligations with principal balances totaling $3.2 and $3.1 at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These obligations have imputed interest rates ranging from 0.0% to 9.6% and have required payments of $0.5 remaining in 2013, $1.7 in 2014, $0.5 in 2015, $0.4 in 2016 and $0.1 in 2017.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 4 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Maturity Schedule [Abstract]
Three months ending December 31, 2013	$ 26.0
Year ending December 31, 2014	97.1
Year ending December 31, 2015	91.0
Year ending December 31, 2016	82.8
Year ending December 31, 2017	80.2
Asset impairment charges [Member] | Software [Member] | Scantron Segment [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Maturity Schedule [Abstract]
Impairment of Intangible Assets, Finite-lived	$ 0.7

XML

Long-Term Debt 5 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended					0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended				0 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Apr. 04, 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	May 01, 2007 Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	Jun. 19, 2013 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	May 01, 2007 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	May 20, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	May 01, 2007 Applicable LIBOR Rate As Defined in the Indenture [Member] Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Face Amount					$ 305.0			$ 310.0	$ 50.0	$ 235.0
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage								9.50%		9.75%
Floor Interest Rate Percentage Of A Variable Interest Rate Instrument													1.25%
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate													4.75%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate at Period End				6.00%								5.40%
Percentage of Outstanding principal Amount to Prepay if Change of Control Occurs			101.00%
Percentage of Principal Amount to be prepaid with proceeds of certain asset sales			100.00%
Repayments of Long-term Debt	786.5	324.0									280.2
Bond Issuance Price									109.00%
Extinguishment of Debt, Amount						50.0	50.0
Amt of Notes Required to be Repurchased by Company (If Greater Than 50% of Excess Cash Flows) in the event secured leverage ratio exceeds certain levels										$ 15.0
Percentage of Excess Cash Flows to be used to Repurchase Notes										50.00%
Redemption Price Expressed As a Percentage of Principal Amt										100.00%

XML

Investments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Marketable Securities [Abstract]

Available-for-sale Securities

The Company's marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at their fair values, which are as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Balance at September 30, 2013:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Balance at December 31, 2012:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1

XML

Acquisitions (Tables) (Faneuil [Member])

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Faneuil [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Assets and Liabilities Assumed

The following table summarizes the historical cost of assets and liabilities assumed on March 19, 2012, the date of the Faneuil Acquisition:

Cash			$	2.3
Accounts receivable			11.8
Property, plant and equipment			10.3
Goodwill			13.0
Other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	0.2
Tradenames	0.8
Software	0.3
Total other intangible assets			1.3
Other assets			7.2
Total assets acquired			45.9
Deferred revenues			1.2
Capital leases			1.0
Other liabilities			7.5
Net assets acquired			$	36.2

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and accounts of businesses acquired from the date of acquisition except for Faneuil as discussed above.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

As a result of the sale of the HFS businesses (see Note 1), amounts related to the HFS businesses previously reported as operating income have been reclassified as discontinued operations (see Note 4). Prior period amounts relating to business segment changes (see Note 1) have been reclassified in Note 8. All reclassifications were made in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 2 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 1,385.7		$ 1,385.7		$ 1,685.9
Accumulated Amortization	197.5		197.5		151.1
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	1,188.2		1,188.2		1,534.8
Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	1,386.5		1,386.5		1,686.7
Intangible Assets, Net (Excluding Goodwill)	1,189.0		1,189.0		1,535.6
Amortization of intangible assets	30.2	34.7	94.7	102.9
Segment Reconciling Items [Member] | Discontinued Operations [Member]
Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill [Abstract]
Amortization of intangible assets	4.3	7.3	18.3	21.8
Trademarks and tradenames [Member]
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill) [Abstract]
Indefinite-lived intangible assets	0.8		0.8		0.8
Customer relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	1,286.0		1,286.0		1,528.0
Accumulated Amortization	184.5		184.5		132.7
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	1,101.5		1,101.5		1,395.3
Customer relationships [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			3 years
Customer relationships [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			19 years
Trademarks and tradenames [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	81.4		81.4		101.4
Accumulated Amortization	7.6		7.6		5.3
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	73.8		73.8		96.1
Trademarks and tradenames [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			15 years
Trademarks and tradenames [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			25 years
Software [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Gross Carrying Amount	18.3		18.3		56.5
Accumulated Amortization	5.4		5.4		13.1
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	12.9		12.9		43.4
Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill [Abstract]
Amortization of intangible assets	3.0	3.0	10.0	8.8
Software [Member] | Segment Reconciling Items [Member] | Discontinued Operations [Member]
Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill [Abstract]
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 1.7	$ 2.7	$ 6.7	$ 7.9
Software [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			3 years
Software [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net [Abstract]
Useful Life (in years)			9 years

XML

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Costs

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for these plans consist of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3
Net postretirement benefit cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3

XML

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Aug. 16, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013 Business_Segments
Description Of Business and Basis of Presentation [Line Items]
Proceeds from Divestiture of Businesses	$ 1,200.0
Number of Business Segments		3
Harland Clarke Segment [Member] | Financial Institutions And Commercial Clients [Member]
Description Of Business and Basis of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of clients		12,500
Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. [Member] | Financial Institutions [Member]
Description Of Business and Basis of Presentation [Line Items]
Number of clients		8,500

XML

Business Segment Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended				9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013		Sep. 30, 2012		Sep. 30, 2013 Business_Segments		Sep. 30, 2012
Business Segment Information [Abstract]
Number of Business Segments					3
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	$ 318.7		$ 303.1		$ 917.8		$ 914.3
Service revenues, net	59.1		54.8		166.8		154.8
Operating income (loss)	64.4		49.7		179.0		118.0
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)					53.8		47.0
Segment Reporting Information, Additional Information [Abstract]
Restructuring costs	1.6		11.6		14.9		16.2
Asset impairment charges	0.2		0.7		1.1		0.7
Scantron Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting Information, Additional Information [Abstract]
Restructuring costs					6.6		5.3
Faneuil Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting Information, Additional Information [Abstract]
Restructuring costs					0.4		1.8
Continuing Operations [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	318.7		303.1		917.8		914.3
Service revenues, net	59.1		54.8		166.8		154.8
Intersegment revenues	0		0		0		0
Operating income (loss)	64.4	[1]	49.7	[1]	179.0	[1]	118.0	[1]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	38.6		44.4		115.3		131.6
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	29.1		13.8		47.9		40.7
Continuing Operations [Member] | Operating Segments [Member] | Harland Clarke Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	292.0	[2]	278.4	[2]	840.7	[2]	841.1	[2]
Service revenues, net	11.8	[2]	8.3	[2]	33.9	[2]	25.2	[2]
Intersegment revenues	0	[2]	0	[2]	0.1	[2]	0.1	[2]
Operating income (loss)	62.5	[1],[2]	56.6	[1],[2]	192.7	[1],[2]	151.8	[1],[2]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	31.3	[2]	37.2	[2]	92.5	[2]	110.5	[2]
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	24.9	[2]	11.8	[2]	40.4	[2]	32.0	[2]
Continuing Operations [Member] | Operating Segments [Member] | Scantron Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	24.6		22.5		69.6		67.8
Service revenues, net	7.1		7.1		18.2		19.8
Intersegment revenues	0.4		0.6		1.4		1.4
Operating income (loss)	4.0	[1]	(5.2)	[1]	(8.1)	[1]	(26.0)	[1]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	4.8		4.3		15.2		13.1
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	2.0		0.8		3.5		5.4
Continuing Operations [Member] | Operating Segments [Member] | Faneuil Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	2.1	[3]	2.2	[3]	7.5	[3]	5.4	[3]
Service revenues, net	40.2	[3]	39.4	[3]	114.7	[3]	109.8	[3]
Intersegment revenues	0.4	[3]	0	[3]	0.7	[3]	0.2	[3]
Operating income (loss)	5.1	[1],[3]	2.9	[1],[3]	12.0	[1],[3]	5.6	[1],[3]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	2.5	[3]	2.9	[3]	7.6	[3]	8.0	[3]
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	2.2	[3]	1.2	[3]	4.0	[3]	3.3	[3]
Continuing Operations [Member] | Intersegment Eliminations [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Intersegment revenues	(0.8)		(0.6)		(2.2)		(1.7)
Continuing Operations [Member] | Corporate, Non-Segment [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Product revenues, net	0		0		0		0
Service revenues, net	0		0		0		0
Operating income (loss)	(7.2)	[1]	(4.6)	[1]	(17.6)	[1]	(13.4)	[1]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	0		0		0		0
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	0		0		0		0
Discontinued Operations [Member]
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees)	5.5		10.0		23.7		28.6
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases)	$ 1.1		$ 3.0		$ 5.9		$ 6.3

[1] Includes restructuring costs of $1.6 and $14.9 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and $11.6 and $16.2 for three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, (see Note 17) and non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 and $1.1 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.7 and $0.7 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

[2] Includes results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from the date of acquisition (see Note 3).

[3] Includes results of the acquired Faneuil business from the date of common control (see Note 3).

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill

The change in carrying amount of goodwill by business segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke		Scantron			Faneuil		Harland Financial Solutions			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	417.0	$	40.2		$	21.7	$	282.7		$	761.6
2013 acquisition	4.2		—			—		—			4.2
2013 divestiture	—		—			—		(282.7		)	(282.7		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—		(0.1		)	—		—			(0.1		)
Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	421.2	$	40.1		$	21.7	$	—		$	483.0

Other Intangible Assets

Useful lives, gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for other intangible assets are as follows:

		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
	Useful Life (in years)	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3 - 19	$	1,286.0	$	1,528.0	$	184.5	$	132.7	$	1,101.5	$	1,395.3
Trademarks and tradenames	15 - 25	81.4		101.4		7.6		5.3		73.8		96.1
Software	3 - 9	18.3		56.5		5.4		13.1		12.9		43.4
		1,385.7		1,685.9		197.5		151.1		1,188.2		1,534.8
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Tradename		0.8		0.8		—		—		0.8		0.8
Total other intangible assets		$	1,386.5	$	1,686.7	$	197.5	$	151.1	$	1,189.0	$	1,535.6

Estimated Amortization Expense

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets through December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Three months ending December 31, 2013	$	26.0
Year ending December 31, 2014	97.1
Year ending December 31, 2015	91.0
Year ending December 31, 2016	82.8
Year ending December 31, 2017	80.2

XML

Investments (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended				9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Equity Securities [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 US Treasury Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Transactis, Inc. [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Other noncurrent assets [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Other noncurrent assets [Member]
Equity Method Investments [Abstract]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage						15.60%
Equity Method Investment, Aggregate Cost						$ 7.0
Equity Method Investments							6.4	6.9
Marketable Securities [Abstract]
Available-for-sale Securities, Amortized Cost Basis			0.1	0.1
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Gains To Date			0	0
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Loss To Date			0	0
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure			0.1	0.1
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	0	56.3			56.3
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Realized Losses					$ 0.2

XML

Fair Value Measurements 2 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]
Carrying Value of Long-term Debt	$ 1,929.3	$ 1,847.8
Estimate of Fair Value, Fair Value Disclosure [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]
Fair Value of Long-term Debt	2,080.7	1,984.4
Carrying (Reported) Amount, Fair Value Disclosure [Member]
Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]
Carrying Value of Long-term Debt	$ 1,929.3	$ 1,847.8

XML

Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Inventory, Net, Items Net of Reserve Alternative [Abstract]
Finished goods	$ 8.2	$ 7.7
Work-in-process	11.8	8.2
Raw materials	14.3	13.1
Total	$ 34.3	$ 29.0

XML

Subsequent Event

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Subsequent Event [Abstract]

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

Subsequent Event

On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil, Inc. ("Faneuil"), its wholly-owned business process outsourcing subsidiary, to ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc. ("ALJ") for consideration consisting of $25.0 in cash, a $25.0 two year note to the Company and 3.0 million shares of ALJ's common stock. The sale did not include Faneuil's Harland Technology Services business, which was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after October 18, 2013 and the Company is currently evaluating the impact of the divestiture on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$ 411.1	$ (49.6)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	44.3	57.3
Amortization of intangible assets	94.7	102.9
Amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount, original issue premium and deferred financing fees	62.2	92.0
Gain on sale of discontinued operations	(647.0)	0
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	61.0	34.2
Loss on sale of marketable securities	0	0.2
Deferred income taxes	(144.4)	(127.6)
Asset impairments	1.1	0.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business acquisitions and divestitures:
Accounts receivable	(23.0)	(21.6)
Inventories	(2.0)	13.7
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2.3)	(12.5)
Contract acquisition payments, net	(5.9)	(13.7)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(8.9)	8.6
Deferred revenues	0.5	70.0
Income and other taxes	88.2	8.6
Payable to parent	0	(0.2)
Other, net	7.6	1.5
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	(62.8)	164.5
Investing activities
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired	(35.2)	(36.2)
Proceeds from the sale of businesses included in discontinued operations, net of cash divested and costs to sell	1,181.9	0
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	0.9	0.1
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	0	56.3
Capital expenditures	(53.8)	(47.0)
Capitalized interest	(0.5)	(0.4)
Computer software development	(8.1)	(10.6)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	1,085.2	(37.8)
Financing activities
Dividend paid to parent	(29.2)	(25.8)
Acquisition of business from parent	0	(33.8)
Payments for derivative instruments	(1.3)	(8.7)
Issuance of notes	54.5	225.6
Redemption of notes	(50.0)	0
Borrowings on credit agreements	742.5	25.0
Repayments of credit agreements and other borrowings	(786.5)	(324.0)
Debt issuance costs	(16.6)	(12.3)
Net cash used in financing activities	(86.6)	(154.0)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	935.8	(27.3)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	102.0	101.8
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	1,037.8	74.5
Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	103.1	60.8
Income taxes, net of refunds	295.7	87.4
Non cash financing activities:
Extinguishment of Faneuil debt to parent	$ 0	$ 25.4

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Reference is made to the significant accounting policies of the Company described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

As a result of the sale of the HFS businesses (see Note 1), amounts related to the HFS businesses previously reported as operating income have been reclassified as discontinued operations (see Note 4). Prior period amounts relating to business segment changes (see Note 1) have been reclassified in Note 8. All reclassifications were made in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendment enhances disclosures regarding assets and liabilities that are presented net or gross in the statement of financial position when the right of offset exists, or that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. This amendment affects disclosures only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the presentation of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The amendment requires companies to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income if the amount reclassified is required under United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP") to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under US GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, companies are required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under US GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This amendment affects presentation only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the amendment, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. If an entity determines, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is more-likely-than-not less than the carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. This amendment affects testing steps only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

New Accounting Guidance

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board amended its guidance related to thepresentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under this standard an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use and the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. For the Company, this amended guidance is effective beginning January 1, 2014 with early adoption permitted. As this amended guidance affects presentation only, the adoption of this amended guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Inventories

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Inventories [Abstract]

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Finished goods	$	8.2	$	7.7
Work-in-process	11.8		8.2
Raw materials	14.3		13.1
	$	34.3	$	29.0

XML

Acquisitions

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

NCP Solutions Acquisition

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of NCP Solutions for an acquisition-date purchase price of $35.2, net of cash acquired of $0.3, and after giving effect to working capital adjustments of $0.5 (the "NCP Solutions Acquisition"). NCP Solutions is a leading end-to-end communications solutions provider to consumer finance companies, banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage subservicers, credit unions, auto and equipment finance companies, auto service contract providers, direct marketing companies, healthcare and health insurance companies, check producers and various other customers.

NCP Solutions delivers personalized, time-sensitive and confidential print and electronic business communications. These communications include billing, investment, demand deposit and sharedraft statements, event-triggered letters, installment loan and mortgage payment coupon books and direct marketing materials. NCP Solutions' vertically integrated production process and electronic and print competencies enable it to supply customers with a robust outsourced document management solution.

The allocation of purchase price resulted in identified intangible assets of $25.0, including customer relationships of $20.0, trademarks of $3.0, software of $2.0 and goodwill of $4.2. The remaining $6.3 of purchase price was allocated to tangible assets and liabilities. The goodwill arises because the total consideration for NCP Solutions, which reflects its future earnings and cash flow potential, exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired. The goodwill resulting from the acquisition was assigned to the Harland Clarke segment. Of the goodwill recognized, $2.8 is deductible for income tax purposes. NCP Solutions' results of operations have been included in the Company's operations since the date of its acquisition. The Company financed the acquisition with Harland Clarke Holdings' cash on hand. The pro forma effects of the NCP Solutions Acquisition on the consolidated results of operations were not material.

Faneuil Acquisition

On March 19, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company purchased 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of New Faneuil, Inc. ("New Faneuil") for $70.0 in cash (the "Faneuil Acquisition") from affiliates of MacAndrews. The Company financed the Faneuil Acquisition with Harland Clarke Holdings' cash on hand. New Faneuil, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Faneuil, provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to government and regulated commercial clients across the United States.

Under accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control, the Company has accounted for the purchase at historical cost and has retrospectively recasted prior periods under common control to include Faneuil operations. The Company and Faneuil came under common control on December 21, 2011, the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Cash paid in excess of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities assumed in the amount of $33.8 is treated as an equity transaction with the parent in accordance with accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control.

The following table summarizes the historical cost of assets and liabilities assumed on March 19, 2012, the date of the Faneuil Acquisition:

Cash			$	2.3
Accounts receivable			11.8
Property, plant and equipment			10.3
Goodwill			13.0
Other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	0.2
Tradenames	0.8
Software	0.3
Total other intangible assets			1.3
Other assets			7.2
Total assets acquired			45.9
Deferred revenues			1.2
Capital leases			1.0
Other liabilities			7.5
Net assets acquired			$	36.2

The pro forma effects of the Faneuil Acquisition on the consolidated results of operations were not material.

XML

Acquisitions (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			0 Months Ended	9 Months Ended				0 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	May 31, 2013 NCP [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 NCP [Member]	May 31, 2013 NCP [Member] Customer relationships [Member]	May 31, 2013 NCP [Member] Trademarks [Member]	May 31, 2013 NCP [Member] Software [Member]	Mar. 19, 2012 Faneuil [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Faneuil [Member]	Mar. 19, 2012 Faneuil [Member] Trademarks and tradenames [Member]	Mar. 19, 2012 Faneuil [Member] Customer relationships [Member]	Mar. 19, 2012 Faneuil [Member] Software [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Date of Acquisition				May 31, 2013					Mar. 19, 2012
Percentage of issued and outstanding shares acquired			100.00%					100.00%
Cash paid for acquisition			$ 35.2					$ 70.0
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation, Cash Acquired			0.3
Business Acquisition, Cost Of Acquired Entity Cash Paid Portion For Working Capital Adjustments			0.5
Business Combination, Recognized Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed, Finite-Lived Intangibles			25.0		20.0	3.0	2.0				0.2	0.3
Goodwill	483.0	761.6	4.2					13.0
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation, Net Tangible Assets			6.3
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation, Goodwill, Expected Tax Deductible Amount			2.8
Paid in excess of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities assumed								33.8
Business Acquisition Identifiable Assets, Liabilites and Goodwill Acquired[Abstract]
Cash								2.3
Accounts receivables								11.8
Property, plant and equipment								10.3
Other intangible assets: [Abstract]
Acquired indefinite-lived intangible asset										0.8
Total other intangible assets								1.3
Other assets								7.2
Total assets acquired								45.9
Deferred revenues								1.2
Capital leases								1.0
Other liabilities								7.5
Net assets acquired								$ 36.2

XML

Discontinued Operations (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]

Schedule of Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations, Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures [Table Text Block]

Operating results for discontinued operations are as follows:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Net revenues	$	45.7	$	64.7	$	205.7	$	173.2
Income from discontinued operations before gain on sale and income taxes	7.2		7.9		49.5		1.1
Gain on sale of discontinued operations	647.0		—		647.0		—
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	654.2		7.9		696.5		1.1
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	241.9		2.2		257.3		0.4
Net income from discontinued operations	$	412.3	$	5.7	$	439.2	$	0.7

XML

Business Segment Information (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Business Segment Information [Abstract]

Business Segment Information

Selected summarized financial information for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	292.0	$	24.6		$	2.1	$	—		$	318.7
Three months ended September 30, 2012	278.4		22.5			2.2		—			303.1
Service revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	11.8	$	7.1		$	40.2	$	—		$	59.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	8.3		7.1			39.4		—			54.8
Intersegment revenues
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	—	$	0.4		$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	—
Three months ended September 30, 2012	—		0.6			—		(0.6		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	62.5	$	4.0		$	5.1	$	(7.2	)	$	64.4
Three months ended September 30, 2012	56.6		(5.2		)	2.9		(4.6		)	49.7
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	31.3	$	4.8		$	2.5	$	—		$	38.6
Three months ended September 30, 2012	37.2		4.3			2.9		—			44.4
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	24.9	$	2.0		$	2.2	$	—		$	29.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	11.8		0.8			1.2		—			13.8

Selected summarized financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	840.7	$	69.6		$	7.5	$	—		$	917.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	841.1		67.8			5.4		—			914.3
Service revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	33.9	$	18.2		$	114.7	$	—		$	166.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	25.2		19.8			109.8		—			154.8
Intersegment revenues
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	0.1	$	1.4		$	0.7	$	(2.2	)	$	—
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	0.1		1.4			0.2		(1.7		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	192.7	$	(8.1	)	$	12.0	$	(17.6	)	$	179.0
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	151.8		(26.0		)	5.6		(13.4		)	118.0
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	92.5	$	15.2		$	7.6	$	—		$	115.3
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	110.5		13.1			8.0		—			131.6
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	40.4	$	3.5		$	4.0	$	—		$	47.9
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	32.0		5.4			3.3		—			40.7

___________________

(1) Includes results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from the date of acquisition (see Note 3).

(2) Includes results of the acquired Faneuil business from the date of common control (see Note 3).

(3) Includes restructuring costs of $1.6 and $14.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and $11.6 and $16.2 for three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively, (see Note 17) and non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 and $1.1 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.7 and $0.7 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

Discontinued operations

The amounts shown above do not include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the discontinued operations of HFS. Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees) for HFS was $5.5 and $23.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $10.0 and $28.6 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases) for HFS was $1.1 and $5.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $3.0 and $6.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured On A Recurring Basis

Fair values of financial instruments subject to recurring fair value measurements as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

	Balance at
	September 30, 2013		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—

	Balance at
	December 31, 2012		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—
Liability for interest rate swaps	1.3		—		1.3		—

XML

Long-Term Debt 3 (Details) (USD $)		0 Months Ended					0 Months Ended		9 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] Minimum [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] Maximum [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] LIBOR [Member] Minimum [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] LIBOR [Member] Maximum [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] Alternative Base Rate [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] Alternative Base Rate [Member] Minimum [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Revolving Facility [Member] Alternative Base Rate [Member] Maximum [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Letter of Credit Subfacility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Revolving Facility [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Revolving Facility [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Letter of Credit Subfacility [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Letter of Credit Subfacility [Member]	Feb. 20, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Swingline Sub-facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity											$ 80,000,000		$ 30,000,000	$ 10,000,000
Percentage multiplier to calculate borrowing base of revolving loan	85.00%
Percentage of liquidation value of eligible inventory to calculate borrowing base	85.00%
Percentage of eligible inventory to calculate borrowing base	70.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Current Borrowing Capacity										33,700,000
Line of Credit Facility, Borrowing Capacity Increase (Decrease), Net										18,600,000
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding										0
Debt Instrument, Unused Borrowing Capacity, Amount										23,300,000
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount												$ 10,400,000
Springing maturity date expressed in number of days prior to the maturity date of outstanding debt	91 days
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate				1.75%	2.25%		0.75%	1.25%
Fixed Percentage Added to the Federal Funds Effective Rate						0.50%
Fixed Percentage Added to one month LIBOR rate						1.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Unused Capacity, Commitment Fee Percentage		0.375%	0.50%
Percentage Applied to Prior Quarter Average Utilization to Determine Commitment Fee Percentage	50.00%
Weighted Average Letter of Credit Fee Percentage									2.00%

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 1 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	$ (1.2)	$ 0.2	$ (1.2)	$ 0.2	$ (0.3)	$ (0.1)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			(0.6)	0.1
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			(0.3)	0.2
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	0	0.7	(0.9)	0.3
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	(0.5)	0.3	(0.5)	0.3	0.4	0
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			(0.6)	0.3
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			(0.3)	0
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			(0.9)	0.3
Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	(0.7)	(0.1)	(0.7)	(0.1)	(0.7)	(0.1)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			0	0
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			0	0
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			0	0
Derivative fair-value adjustments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	0	0	0	0	0	(0.1)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			0	0
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			0	0.1
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			0	0.1
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	0	0	0	0	0	0.1
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			0	(0.2)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss			0	0.1
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			$ 0	$ (0.1)

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 1 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$ 761.6
2013 acquisition	4.2
2013 divestiture	(282.7)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(0.1)
Balance as of September 30, 2013	483.0
Harland Clarke Segment [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance as of December 31, 2012	417.0
2013 acquisition	4.2
2013 divestiture	0
Effect of exchange rate changes	0
Balance as of September 30, 2013	421.2
Scantron Segment [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance as of December 31, 2012	40.2
2013 acquisition	0
2013 divestiture	0
Effect of exchange rate changes	(0.1)
Balance as of September 30, 2013	40.1
Faneuil Segment [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance as of December 31, 2012	21.7
2013 acquisition	0
2013 divestiture	0
Effect of exchange rate changes	0
Balance as of September 30, 2013	21.7
Harland Financial Solutions Segment [Member] | Operating Segments [Member]
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance as of December 31, 2012	282.7
2013 acquisition	0
2013 divestiture	(282.7)
Effect of exchange rate changes	0
Balance as of September 30, 2013	$ 0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets Parentheticals (unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current Assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 1.0	$ 1.5
Stockholder's Equity:
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	200	200
Common stock, shares issued	100	100
Common stock, shares outstanding	100	100

XML

Business Segment Information

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Business Segment Information [Abstract]

Business Segment Information

Business Segment Information

The Company has organized its business along three reportable segments together with a corporate group for certain support services. The Company's operations are aligned on the basis of products, services and industry. Management measures and evaluates the reportable segments based on operating income. The current segments and their principal activities consist of the following:

• Harland Clarke segment — Provides payment solutions, transactional and secure document printing, direct online and print marketing services, inbound and outbound contact center services, as well as customized social stationery, business and home office products to financial and commercial institutions, as well as consumers and other businesses. It services some of the largest accounting software firms and big-box retailers by developing and managing e-commerce sites for the online ordering of customizable printed materials. This segment operates primarily in the United States and Puerto Rico.

• Scantron segment — Provides data management and decision support solutions and related products and services to educational, commercial and governmental entities worldwide through online and print channels. This segment operates primarily in the United States, Canada and India and also has a network of international distributors.

• Faneuil segment — Provides call center services, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to governmental and regulated commercial clients and patient information collection and tracking, managed technical services and related field maintenance services to educational, commercial, healthcare and governmental entities. This segment operates primarily in the United States and Canada.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company made business segment changes in the second quarter of 2012. Prior period results in the tables below have been reclassified to conform to these business segment changes. The results for the discontinued operations of HFS (see Note 4) are not included in the tables below.

Selected summarized financial information for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	292.0	$	24.6		$	2.1	$	—		$	318.7
Three months ended September 30, 2012	278.4		22.5			2.2		—			303.1
Service revenues, net
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	11.8	$	7.1		$	40.2	$	—		$	59.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	8.3		7.1			39.4		—			54.8
Intersegment revenues
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	—	$	0.4		$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	—
Three months ended September 30, 2012	—		0.6			—		(0.6		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	62.5	$	4.0		$	5.1	$	(7.2	)	$	64.4
Three months ended September 30, 2012	56.6		(5.2		)	2.9		(4.6		)	49.7
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	31.3	$	4.8		$	2.5	$	—		$	38.6
Three months ended September 30, 2012	37.2		4.3			2.9		—			44.4
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Three months ended September 30, 2013	$	24.9	$	2.0		$	2.2	$	—		$	29.1
Three months ended September 30, 2012	11.8		0.8			1.2		—			13.8

Selected summarized financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke(1)		Scantron			Faneuil(2)		Corporate and Other			Total
Continuing operations
Product revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	840.7	$	69.6		$	7.5	$	—		$	917.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	841.1		67.8			5.4		—			914.3
Service revenues, net
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	33.9	$	18.2		$	114.7	$	—		$	166.8
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	25.2		19.8			109.8		—			154.8
Intersegment revenues
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	0.1	$	1.4		$	0.7	$	(2.2	)	$	—
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	0.1		1.4			0.2		(1.7		)	—
Operating income (loss)(3)
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	192.7	$	(8.1	)	$	12.0	$	(17.6	)	$	179.0
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	151.8		(26.0		)	5.6		(13.4		)	118.0
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	92.5	$	15.2		$	7.6	$	—		$	115.3
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	110.5		13.1			8.0		—			131.6
Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases):
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	$	40.4	$	3.5		$	4.0	$	—		$	47.9
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	32.0		5.4			3.3		—			40.7

___________________

(1) Includes results of the acquired NCP Solutions business from the date of acquisition (see Note 3).

(2) Includes results of the acquired Faneuil business from the date of common control (see Note 3).

(3) Includes restructuring costs of $1.6 and $14.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013 and $11.6 and $16.2 for three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively, (see Note 17) and non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 and $1.1 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $0.7 and $0.7 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

Discontinued operations

The amounts shown above do not include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the discontinued operations of HFS. Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees) for HFS was $5.5 and $23.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $10.0 and $28.6 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. Capital expenditures (excluding capital leases) for HFS was $1.1 and $5.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $3.0 and $6.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Net income (loss)	$ 419.9	$ (19.0)	$ 411.1	$ (49.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0.3	0.7	(0.6)	0.3
Reclassification adjustments for foreign currency translation adjustments included in gain on sale of HFS	(0.3)	0	(0.3)	0
Reclassification adjustments for loss on derivative instruments included in net loss	0	0	0	0.1
Unrealized losses on investments:
Unrealized losses on investments during period	0	0	0	(0.2)
Less reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net loss	0	0	0	0.1
Net change in unrealized losses on investments	0	0	0	(0.1)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	0	0.7	(0.9)	0.3
Comprehensive income (loss)	419.9	(18.3)	410.2	(49.3)
Tax Expense of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Included in Above Amounts:
Less reclassification adjustment for amounts included in net loss	0	0	0	(0.1)
Total net tax expense included in other comprehensive income (loss)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ (0.1)

XML

Long-Term Debt 6 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended		0 Months Ended		0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Mar. 19, 2012 Revolving Credit Agreement With Macandrews & Forbes Group Llc [Member]	Jan. 25, 2012 Revolving Credit Agreement With Macandrews & Forbes Group Llc [Member]	Jan. 25, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] Faneuil Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 25, 2012 Faneuil Option 1 Rate Per Annum Equal To [Member] LIBOR [Member] Faneuil Revolving Credit Facility [Member]	Jan. 25, 2012 Faneuil Option 2 Rate Per Annum Equal To [Member] Prime Rate [Member] Faneuil Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity				$ 25.0	$ 35.5
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate						2.50%	(1.25%)
Repayments of Long-term Debt	786.5	324.0			25.6
Extinguishment of Faneuil debt to parent	$ 0	$ 25.4	$ 25.0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 1,037.8	$ 102.0
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $1.0 and $1.5)	111.1	132.1
Inventories	34.3	29.0
Income taxes receivable	0.4	23.7
Notes receivable - related party	30.0	30.0
Deferred tax assets	35.7	45.1
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	41.8	56.7
Total current assets	1,291.1	418.6
Property, plant and equipment	290.2	269.5
Less accumulated depreciation	(111.8)	(79.5)
Property, plant and equipment, net	178.4	190.0
Goodwill	483.0	761.6
Other intangible assets, net	1,189.0	1,535.6
Contract acquisition payments, net	23.3	17.6
Other assets	57.1	63.0
Total assets	3,221.9	2,986.4
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	42.3	44.5
Deferred revenues	63.0	133.9
Current maturities of long-term debt	90.0	78.5
Accrued liabilities:
Salaries, wages and employee benefits	54.0	55.9
Income and other taxes payable	76.4	11.9
Customer incentives	49.5	52.0
Payable to parent	0.1	0.1
Other current liabilities	38.4	42.1
Total current liabilities	413.7	418.9
Long-term debt	1,839.3	1,769.3
Deferred tax liabilities	467.8	622.7
Deferred revenues	23.1	54.2
Other liabilities	61.8	86.1
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock — 200 shares authorized; par value $0.01; 100 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012	0	0
Additional paid-in capital	49.9	76.1
Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)	367.5	(40.6)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(0.5)	0.4
Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations, net of taxes	(0.7)	(0.7)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes	(1.2)	(0.3)
Total stockholder's equity	416.2	35.2
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	$ 3,221.9	$ 2,986.4

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 2 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Interest expense	$ (53.5)	$ (56.3)	$ (165.4)	$ (166.0)
Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	3.4	(15.9)	(19.2)	(31.4)
Net income (loss)	419.9	(19.0)	411.1	(49.6)
Other expense, net	0	0	0	(0.2)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Derivative fair-value adjustments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Interest expense	0	0	0	(0.1)
Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	0	0	0	0
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(0.1)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	0	0	0	(0.1)
Net income (loss)	0	0	0	(0.1)
Other expense, net	0	0	0	(0.2)
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member] | Foreign currency translation adjustments
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	0.3	0	0.3	0
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	0.3	0	0.3	0
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Inventories (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Inventories [Abstract]

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Finished goods	$	8.2	$	7.7
Work-in-process	11.8		8.2
Raw materials	14.3		13.1
	$	34.3	$	29.0

XML

Restructuring

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Restructuring [Abstract]

Restructuring

Restructuring

Harland Clarke and Corporate

The Company adopted plans during 2011, 2012 and 2013 to realize cost savings in the Harland Clarke segment and Corporate by consolidating printing plants, contact centers and selling, general and administrative functions.

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals under its plans related to the Harland Clarke segment and Corporate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	6.4	$	1.2	$	(4.1	)	$	—		$	3.5
Facilities closures and other costs	2.4		6.7		(1.9		)	(4.3		)	2.9
Total	$	8.8	$	7.9	$	(6.0	)	$	(4.3	)	$	6.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	4.5	$	7.5	$	(5.1	)	$	—		$	6.9
Facilities closures and other costs	3.0		1.6		(1.4		)	(0.8		)	2.4
Total	$	7.5	$	9.1	$	(6.5	)	$	(0.8	)	$	9.3

The non-cash utilization of $4.3 and $0.8 in 2013 and 2012, respectively, in the table above includes adjustments to the carrying value of other property, plant and equipment. The Company expects to incur in future periods an additional $1.6 for costs related to these plans. The Company expects to make payments for severance and severance-related costs through 2014. Ongoing lease commitments related to these plans continue through 2017.

Scantron

During 2013, the Company adopted a plan in the Scantron segment to exit certain product lines in the education market. The plan resulted in the closure of four leased facilities and the elimination of operations and selling, general and administrative expenses associated with those product lines, largely occurring in the second quarter of 2013.

The Company previously adopted plans during 2011 and 2012 to realize cost savings in the Scantron segment by consolidating certain operations and eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Scantron segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	3.2	$	4.0	$	(5.2	)	$	—		$	2.0
Facilities and other costs	0.9		2.6		(2.0		)	(0.8		)	0.7
Total	$	4.1	$	6.6	$	(7.2	)	$	(0.8	)	$	2.7
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	2.0	$	4.1	$	(3.0	)	$	—		$	3.1
Facilities and other costs	1.4		1.2		(1.2		)	—			1.4
Total	$	3.4	$	5.3	$	(4.2	)	$	—		$	4.5

The non-cash utilization in the table above includes adjustments to the carrying value of other property, plant and equipment. Ongoing lease commitments related to these plans continue to 2018. The Company expects to make payments for severance and severance-related costs through 2014.

Faneuil

The Company adopted a plan in 2012 to realize cost savings in the Faneuil segment by consolidating certain operations and eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses. The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Faneuil segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	0.6	$	0.4	$	(0.7	)	$	0.3
Facilities and other costs	0.2		—		(0.1		)	0.1
Total	$	0.8	$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	0.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	—	$	0.9	$	—		$	0.9
Facilities and other costs	—		0.9		(0.3		)	0.6
Total	$	—	$	1.8	$	(0.3	)	$	1.5

Restructuring accruals for all of the segments' plans are reflected in other current liabilities and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to pay the remaining severance, facilities and other costs related to the segments’ restructuring plans through 2018.

XML

Assets Held For Sale (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended								3 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 Other Current Assets [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Other Current Assets [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Land [Member] Other Current Assets [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Land [Member] Other Current Assets [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Building and improvements [Member] Other Current Assets [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Building and improvements [Member] Other Current Assets [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Information Technology Facility [Member]
Assets Held For Sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale			$ 0	$ 3.1	$ 0	$ 1.0	$ 0	$ 2.1
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	0.9	0.1							0.8
Loss on sale of property plant equipment									$ 0.1

XML

Long-Term Debt 2 (Details) (Tranche B-3 Term Loans [Member], Secured Debt [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified					0 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Apr. 26, 2013	Apr. 26, 2013 Minimum [Member]	Apr. 26, 2013 Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Minimum [Member]	Apr. 26, 2013 Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Prime Rate of Credit Suisse [Member]	Apr. 26, 2013 Option 1 Rate Per Annum equal to the higher of [Member] Federal Funds Rate Plus 0.5% [Member]	Apr. 26, 2013 Option 2 Rate Per Annum equal to [Member] Minimum [Member]	Apr. 26, 2013 Option 2 Rate Per Annum equal to [Member] Reserve Adjusted LIBOR Interest Rate [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Original Loan Principal Amount		$ 750.0
Springing maturity date expressed in number of days prior to the maturity date of outstanding debt		90 days
Annual Repayment of a Loan Expressed as a Percentage of the Original Principal Amount		2.50%
Minimum annual amount of aggregate amortization of all TrancheB-3 Term Loans and other debt sharing liens			$ 75.0
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate at Period End	7.00%
Fixed Percentage Added to the Federal Funds Effective Rate						0.50%
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate					4.50%	4.50%		5.50%
Floor Interest Rate Percentage Of A Variable Interest Rate Instrument				2.50%			1.50%

XML

Restructuring (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Expensed	$ 1.6	$ 11.6	$ 14.9	$ 16.2
Harland Clarke and Corporate [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			8.8	7.5
Expensed			7.9	9.1
Paid in Cash			(6.0)	(6.5)
Non-Cash Utilization			(4.3)	(0.8)
Ending Balance	6.4	9.3	6.4	9.3
Restructuring and Related Cost, Expected Cost			1.6
Harland Clarke and Corporate [Member] | Employee Severance [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			6.4	4.5
Expensed			1.2	7.5
Paid in Cash			(4.1)	(5.1)
Non-Cash Utilization			0	0
Ending Balance	3.5	6.9	3.5	6.9
Harland Clarke and Corporate [Member] | Facilities closure and other costs [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			2.4	3.0
Expensed			6.7	1.6
Paid in Cash			(1.9)	(1.4)
Non-Cash Utilization			(4.3)	(0.8)
Ending Balance	2.9	2.4	2.9	2.4
Scantron Segment [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			4.1	3.4
Expensed			6.6	5.3
Paid in Cash			(7.2)	(4.2)
Non-Cash Utilization			(0.8)	0
Ending Balance	2.7	4.5	2.7	4.5
Number of lease facility closures			4
Scantron Segment [Member] | Employee Severance [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			3.2	2.0
Expensed			4.0	4.1
Paid in Cash			(5.2)	(3.0)
Non-Cash Utilization			0	0
Ending Balance	2.0	3.1	2.0	3.1
Scantron Segment [Member] | Facilities closure and other costs [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			0.9	1.4
Expensed			2.6	1.2
Paid in Cash			(2.0)	(1.2)
Non-Cash Utilization			(0.8)	0
Ending Balance	0.7	1.4	0.7	1.4
Faneuil Segment [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			0.8	0
Expensed			0.4	1.8
Paid in Cash			(0.8)	(0.3)
Ending Balance	0.4	1.5	0.4	1.5
Faneuil Segment [Member] | Employee Severance [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			0.6	0
Expensed			0.4	0.9
Paid in Cash			(0.7)	0
Ending Balance	0.3	0.9	0.3	0.9
Faneuil Segment [Member] | Facilities closure and other costs [Member]
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning Balance			0.2	0
Expensed			0	0.9
Paid in Cash			(0.1)	(0.3)
Ending Balance	$ 0.1	$ 0.6	$ 0.1	$ 0.6

XML

Restructuring (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Harland Clarke and Corporate [Member]

Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]

Components of Restructuring Accruals

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals under its plans related to the Harland Clarke segment and Corporate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	6.4	$	1.2	$	(4.1	)	$	—		$	3.5
Facilities closures and other costs	2.4		6.7		(1.9		)	(4.3		)	2.9
Total	$	8.8	$	7.9	$	(6.0	)	$	(4.3	)	$	6.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	4.5	$	7.5	$	(5.1	)	$	—		$	6.9
Facilities closures and other costs	3.0		1.6		(1.4		)	(0.8		)	2.4
Total	$	7.5	$	9.1	$	(6.5	)	$	(0.8	)	$	9.3

Scantron Segment [Member]

Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]

Components of Restructuring Accruals

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Scantron segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	3.2	$	4.0	$	(5.2	)	$	—		$	2.0
Facilities and other costs	0.9		2.6		(2.0		)	(0.8		)	0.7
Total	$	4.1	$	6.6	$	(7.2	)	$	(0.8	)	$	2.7
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	2.0	$	4.1	$	(3.0	)	$	—		$	3.1
Facilities and other costs	1.4		1.2		(1.2		)	—			1.4
Total	$	3.4	$	5.3	$	(4.2	)	$	—		$	4.5

Faneuil Segment [Member]

Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]

Components of Restructuring Accruals

The following table details the components of the Company's restructuring accruals related to the Faneuil segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed		Paid in Cash			Ending Balance
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	0.6	$	0.4	$	(0.7	)	$	0.3
Facilities and other costs	0.2		—		(0.1		)	0.1
Total	$	0.8	$	0.4	$	(0.8	)	$	0.4
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	—	$	0.9	$	—		$	0.9
Facilities and other costs	—		0.9		(0.3		)	0.6
Total	$	—	$	1.8	$	(0.3	)	$	1.5

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Debt Instruments [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

	September 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Extended Term Loans due 2017	$	625.5		$	677.4
Non-Extended Term Loans due 2014	—			728.6
Tranche B-3 Term Loans due 2018	745.3			—
Total $1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	1,370.8			1,406.0
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018	285.0			235.0
Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015	204.3			204.3
9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015	221.3			271.3
Capital lease obligations	3.2			3.1
Unamortized original issue discount, original issue premium and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount	(155.3		)	(271.9		)
	1,929.3			1,847.8
Less: current maturities	(90.0		)	(78.5		)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$	1,839.3		$	1,769.3

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Derivative Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following presents the fair values of these derivative instruments and the classification in the consolidated balance sheets.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedging Instruments:	Balance Sheet Classification	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Interest rate swaps	Other current liabilities	$	—	$	1.3

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following presents the effect of these derivative instruments (effective and ineffective portion) on other comprehensive loss and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense.

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest Rate Swaps:
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)	—		0.3		—		1.8

Derivative Financial Instruments in Other Comprehensive Loss

The following presents the balances and net changes in the accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these derivative instruments, net of income taxes.

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
Balances and Net Changes:	2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.1
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net of taxes of $0.0	(0.1		)
Balance at end of period	$	—

There were no balances related to these derivative instruments in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the nine months period ended September 30, 2013.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill by business segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 is as follows:

	Harland Clarke		Scantron			Faneuil		Harland Financial Solutions			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	417.0	$	40.2		$	21.7	$	282.7		$	761.6
2013 acquisition	4.2		—			—		—			4.2
2013 divestiture	—		—			—		(282.7		)	(282.7		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—		(0.1		)	—		—			(0.1		)
Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	421.2	$	40.1		$	21.7	$	—		$	483.0

Useful lives, gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for other intangible assets are as follows:

		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
	Useful Life (in years)	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012		September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	3 - 19	$	1,286.0	$	1,528.0	$	184.5	$	132.7	$	1,101.5	$	1,395.3
Trademarks and tradenames	15 - 25	81.4		101.4		7.6		5.3		73.8		96.1
Software	3 - 9	18.3		56.5		5.4		13.1		12.9		43.4
		1,385.7		1,685.9		197.5		151.1		1,188.2		1,534.8
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Tradename		0.8		0.8		—		—		0.8		0.8
Total other intangible assets		$	1,386.5	$	1,686.7	$	197.5	$	151.1	$	1,189.0	$	1,535.6

Amortization expense was $30.2 and $94.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $34.7 and $102.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. These amounts include amortization expense for discontinued operations of $4.3 and $18.3 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $7.3 and $21.8 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. Amortization expense includes amortization of software of $3.0 and $10.0 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $3.0 and $8.8 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively. These amounts include amortization of software for discontinued operations of $1.7 and $6.7 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2013, respectively, and $2.7 and $7.9 for the three and nine months endedSeptember 30, 2012, respectively.

The weighted average amortization period for all amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the NCP Solutions Acquisition was 12.9 years. The weighted average amortization period for each major class of amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the NCP Solutions Acquisition was as follows: customer relationships - 15 years, trademarks - 4 years and software - 5 years.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets through December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Three months ending December 31, 2013	$	26.0
Year ending December 31, 2014	97.1
Year ending December 31, 2015	91.0
Year ending December 31, 2016	82.8
Year ending December 31, 2017	80.2

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 for the Scantron segment related to software that was determined to have no future use. That determination was the result of Scantron's decision to exit certain product lines in the education market (see Note 17). The impairment charge is included in asset impairment charges in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

XML

Fair Value Measurements 1 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013 Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Equity Securities [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Harland Clarke Segment [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Harland Clarke Segment [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Scantron Segment [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Nonrecurring [Member] Faneuil [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member] Equity Securities [Member]
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Held-for-use			$ 0.2	$ 0.2		$ 0.5
Impairment of Intangible Assets, Finite-lived					0.9
Recurring Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure	0.1	0.1						0.1	0.1		0.1	0.1		0	0		0	0
Liability for interest rate swaps							$ 1.3			$ 0			$ 1.3			$ 0

XML

Assets Held For Sale (Tables) (Harland Clarke Segment [Member])

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Harland Clarke Segment [Member]

Assets Held For Sale [Line Items]

Assets Held For Sale

Assets held for sale are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Land	$	—	$	1.0
Buildings and improvements	—		2.1
	$	—	$	3.1

At December 31, 2012, assets held for sale consisted of the following Harland Clarke segment facilities:

Location	Former Use	Year Closed
Atlanta, GA	Operations Support	2008
Atlanta, GA	Printing	2008
Atlanta, GA	Information Technology	2010

XML

Discontinued Operations (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Aug. 16, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Proceeds from Divestiture of Businesses	$ 1,200.0
Gain on sale of discontinued operations				647.0	0
Net income from discontinued operations		412.3	5.7	439.2	0.7
HFS Disposal Group [Member]
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Proceeds from Divestiture of Businesses	1,200.0
Net revenues		45.7	64.7	205.7	173.2
Income from discontinued operations before gain on sale and income taxes		7.2	7.9	49.5	1.1
Gain on sale of discontinued operations		647.0	0	647.0	0
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes		654.2	7.9	696.5	1.1
Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations		241.9	2.2	257.3	0.4
Net income from discontinued operations		$ 412.3	$ 5.7	$ 439.2	$ 0.7

XML

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors two unfunded postretirement defined benefit plans that cover certain former salaried and non-salaried employees. One plan provides healthcare benefits and the other provides life insurance benefits. The medical plan is contributory and contributions are adjusted annually based on actual claims experience. For retirees who retired prior to December 31, 2002 with 20 or more years of service at December 31, 2000, the Company contributes a portion of the cost of the medical plan. For all other retirees, the Company's intent is that the retirees provide the majority of the actual cost of the medical plan. The life insurance plan is noncontributory for those employees that retired by December 31, 2002.

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for these plans consist of the following:

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3
Net postretirement benefit cost	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	0.3	$	0.3

XML

Assets Held For Sale

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Assets Held For Sale [Abstract]

Assets Held For Sale

Assets Held For Sale

Assets held for sale are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and consist of the following:

	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Land	$	—	$	1.0
Buildings and improvements	—		2.1
	$	—	$	3.1

At December 31, 2012, assets held for sale consisted of the following Harland Clarke segment facilities:

Location	Former Use	Year Closed
Atlanta, GA	Operations Support	2008
Atlanta, GA	Printing	2008
Atlanta, GA	Information Technology	2010

During 2010, the Company closed its information technology facility in Atlanta, GA and relocated those operations into an existing facility. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company sold the information technology facility for $0.8 and realized a loss of $0.1. The other listed Atlanta facilities were closed as part of the Company's plan to exit duplicative facilities related to an acquisition.

During the first quarter of 2013, the Company announced plans to relocate its Atlanta regional office facilities within the Harland Clarke segment to another facility. In conjunction with this plan, the Company made a change to the marketing plan for the other Atlanta facilities included in assets held for sale. The new marketing plan combines the marketing of the Atlanta regional office facilities and facilities formerly classified as held for sale and the Company estimates it will take longer than twelve months to sell the facilities. Accordingly, the facilities formerly classified as assets held for sale were reclassified to property, plant and equipment during the first quarter of 2013.

XML

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Description of Business and Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements Disclosure

Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. ("Harland Clarke Holdings" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") is a holding company that conducts its operations through its direct and indirect, wholly owned operating subsidiaries and was incorporated in Delaware on October 19, 2005. The Company is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp. ("M & F Worldwide"), which is, as of December 21, 2011, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MacAndrews"). MacAndrews is wholly owned by Ronald O. Perelman. On September 12, 2011, M & F Worldwide agreed, subject to various closing conditions, to merge with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews, and, following a vote of stockholders of M & F Worldwide and the satisfaction or waiver of all other closing conditions, that merger was effected on December 21, 2011 (hereafter referred to as the "MacAndrews Acquisition").

As a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition, which resulted in a change in ownership of M & F Worldwide, the Company was required to use the acquisition method of accounting to revalue its assets and liabilities as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Such accounting results in a number of changes, including, but not limited to, decreased revenues as a result of fair value adjustments to deferred revenues, increased depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of assets and increased non-cash interest expense that results from adjusting the Company's long-term debt to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

On August 16, 2013, the Company completed the sale of each of Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel Ltd. (collectively, "HFS") to affiliates of Davis + Henderson Corporation. The consideration received by the Company for the sale was approximately $1,200.0 in cash. The Company entered into an ancillary agreement providing for certain transitional services for a limited time to the buyer on terms customary for a transaction of this type. Results of operations for HFS through August 16, 2013, including the related gain, are reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (see Note 4). Results of operations for HFS are not included in segment or consolidated results of operations other than as discontinued operations and prior periods have been reclassified to remove results of operations for HFS from results reported for continuing operations.

On May 31, 2013, the Company acquired NCP Solutions, LLC ("NCP Solutions") (see Note 3). NCP Solutions is a leading end-to-end communications solutions provider to consumer finance companies, banks, mortgage lenders, mortgage subservicers, credit unions, auto and equipment finance companies, auto service contract providers, direct marketing companies, healthcare and health insurance companies, check producers and various other customers. The NCP Solutions business is included in the Harland Clarke segment for financial reporting purposes.

On March 19, 2012, the Company purchased Faneuil, Inc. ("Faneuil") from affiliates of MacAndrews (see Note 3). Under accounting guidance for transactions among entities under common control, the Company has accounted for the purchase at historical cost and has retrospectively recasted prior periods under common control to include Faneuil operations. The Company and Faneuil came under common control on December 21, 2011, the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Faneuil is a separate business segment for financial reporting purposes. On October 18, 2013, the Company completed the sale of Faneuil (see Note 19).

The Company has organized its business and corporate structure along the following three business segments: Harland Clarke, Scantron and Faneuil.

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company transferred certain product and service lines from the Scantron segment to other segments. Specifically, Scantron transferred the Harland Technology Services and Medical Device Tracking businesses to the Faneuil segment and the Survey Services business to the Harland Clarke segment. Prior period segment information has been reclassified to reflect this change. With the October 18, 2013 sale of Faneuil, the Harland Technology Services business was transferred to and became part of the operations and results of Scantron from and after that date.

Harland Clarke Holdings delivers to multiple industries a robust portfolio of products and services designed to optimize customer relationships and generate revenue. Its business units have long been recognized as leading providers of best-in-class payment solutions, marketing services, data capture and analytics − delivered through multiple channels, including online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke Holdings' portfolio offers retail products, high-value transactional print and electronic documentation, security solutions and business intelligence. Its skills in capturing, managing, analyzing and delivering data measurement and assessment information, through both print and digital channels, supports decision-making and improved outcomes for organizations worldwide. Harland Clarke Holdings serves the financial, insurance and investment services industries, as well as education, big-box retailing, accounting software, commercial, government and franchising. Its clients, including more than 8,500 financial institutions, range in size from major corporate brands and trade associations, to state and local governments, micro-businesses and individual consumers.

The Harland Clarke segment offers to its more than 12,500 financial institution and commercial clients a range of solutions to support their success. These include payment solutions, security solutions, forms and treasury supplies and related delivery and fraud prevention products, as well as transactional print and electronic documentation, including statements, compliance documents and communications. It provides marketing services including inbound and outbound contact center solutions and direct marketing campaigns delivered through the multiple channels of online, digital print technology, mobile and phone. Harland Clarke offers a spectrum of solutions based upon business intelligence and analytic services that range from surveys, database mining, strategic planning, creative development and production through fulfillment. Harland Clarke offers online customized social and business stationery, cards, office products and promotional products directly to consumers, small and medium businesses and direct selling associations. It also services some of the largest accounting software firms and big-box retailers by developing and managing e-commerce sites for the online ordering of customizable printed materials.

The Scantron segment provides data management and decision support solutions and related services to educational, commercial and governmental entities worldwide. Scantron products and services provide solutions for testing and assessment, instruction and performance management and business operational data collection. Scantron's solutions combine a variety of data collection, analysis and management tools including online solutions, software, scanning equipment, and pre-printed and customizable forms.

The Faneuil segment provides business process outsourcing services including call center operations, back office operations, staffing services and toll collection services to government and regulated commercial clients. The Faneuil segment also provides patient information collection and tracking services, managed technical services and related field maintenance services to education, commercial, healthcare and governmental entities.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and accounts of businesses acquired from the date of acquisition except for Faneuil as discussed above.

The Company and each of its existing domestic subsidiaries, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there were none at September 30, 2013) and certain immaterial subsidiaries, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Term Loan and co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) (see Note 12). Harland Clarke Holdings is a holding company and has no significant assets at September 30, 2013 and no operations. The guarantees and the obligations of the subsidiaries of the Company are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of the Company other than the subsidiary guarantors and obligors are not significant.

See Notes 3, 4 and 19 for information regarding recent acquisitions and divestitures.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions for Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

All terms used but not defined elsewhere herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company's 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

XML

Postretirement Defined Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 Plans	Sep. 30, 2012
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Number of postretirement defined benefit plans			2
Minimum number of years of service at December 31, 2000 for retirees who retired prior to December 31, 2002 to be eligible to participate in the medical postretirement plan			20 years
Interest cost	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.3	$ 0.3
Net postretirement benefit cost	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.3	$ 0.3

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 3 (Details) (NCP [Member])	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Weighted Average Useful Life	12 years 10 months 18 days
Customer relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Weighted Average Useful Life	15 years
Trademarks [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Weighted Average Useful Life	4 years
Software [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Assets, Weighted Average Useful Life	5 years

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Tables)

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Foreign currency translation adjustments			Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations			Derivative fair-value adjustments			Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net			Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Beginning balance	$	0.4		$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(0.3	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(0.6		)	—			—			—			(0.6		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	(0.3		)	—			—			—			(0.3		)
Net current period other comprehensive loss	(0.9		)	—			—			—			(0.9		)
Ending balance	$	(0.5	)	$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(1.2	)
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	(0.1	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	0.3			—			—			(0.2		)	0.1
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	—			—			0.1			0.1			0.2
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)	0.3			—			0.1			(0.1		)	0.3
Ending balance	$	0.3		$	(0.1	)	$	—		$	—		$	0.2

Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The following presents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

Details about accumulated other comprehensive loss components	Affected line in the statement of operations	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
		September 30,				September 30,
		2013		2012		2013		2012
Derivative fair-value adjustments	Interest expense	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Unrealized gains on investments, net	Other expense, net	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.2	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		(0.1		)
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—
	Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—

XML

Transactions with Related Parties (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended					3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended			9 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 MacAndrews [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 MacAndrews [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 MacAndrews [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 MacAndrews [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 MacAndrews [Member] Directors And Officers Insurance Program [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 MacAndrews [Member] Directors And Officers Insurance Program [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 MacAndrews [Member] Directors And Officers Insurance Program [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 MacAndrews [Member] Notes Receivable [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 MacAndrews [Member] Notes Receivable [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 MacAndrews [Member] Notes Receivable [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 MacAndrews [Member] Notes Receivable [Member]	Dec. 27, 2011 MacAndrews [Member] Notes Receivable [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member] Services provided to the Company [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member] Services provided to the Company [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member] Services provided to the Company [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 M F Worldwide Corp. [Member] Services provided to the Company [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$ 41.8		$ 56.7					$ 0.7		$ 0.7
Other assets	57.1		63.0					1.1		1.0
Related Party Transaction, Purchases from Related Party								1.0	1.9
Related Party Transaction Payments Made Under Income Tax Sharing Agreements				228.3	22.4	270.3	70.6
Maximum Lending Amount Per Agreement															30.0
Loans Receivable, Basis Spread on Variable Rate															2.00%
Notes Receivable, Related Parties, Noncurrent															30.0
Notes Receivable, Related Parties, Current	30.0		30.0								30.0		30.0
Related Party Interest Income											0.2	0.2	0.5	0.6
Proceeds from Related Party Interest Received											0.2	0.2	0.5	0.6
Related Party Transaction, Selling, General and Administrative Expenses from Transactions with Related Party																		0.6	0.6	2.0	2.0
Dividend paid to parent	$ 29.2	$ 25.8														$ 29.2	$ 25.8

XML

Long-Term Debt 7 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended			9 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 19, 2013 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 [Member]	Jul. 24, 2012 Secured Debt [Member] Extended Term Loans [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Secured Debt [Member] Non-Extended Term Loans [Member]
Extinguishment of Debt [Line Items]
Repayments of Long-term Debt				$ 786.5	$ 324.0			$ 280.2	$ 726.6
Extinguishment of Debt, Amount						50.0	50.0
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	$ 0	$ 61.0	$ 34.2	$ 61.0	$ 34.2

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Derivative Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Hedges

The Company uses hedge transactions, which are accounted for as cash flow hedges, to limit the Company's risk on a portion of its variable-rate debt.

During June 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $350.0, which became effective on June 30, 2009 and expired on June 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.353%. During September 2009, the Company entered into an additional interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $250.0, which became effective on September 30, 2009 and expired on September 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.140%.

During June 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $255.0, which became effective on June 30, 2010 and expired on June 30, 2013. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 1.264%.

The following presents the fair values of these derivative instruments and the classification in the consolidated balance sheets.

Derivatives Designated as Cash Flow Hedging Instruments:	Balance Sheet Classification	September 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Interest rate swaps	Other current liabilities	$	—	$	1.3

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk.

These derivative instruments were ineffective during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The following presents the effect of these derivative instruments (effective and ineffective portion) on other comprehensive loss and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense.

	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Interest Rate Swaps:
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)	—		0.3		—		1.8

The following presents the balances and net changes in the accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these derivative instruments, net of income taxes.

	Nine Months Ended
	September 30,
Balances and Net Changes:	2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.1
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net of taxes of $0.0	(0.1		)
Balance at end of period	$	—

There were no balances related to these derivative instruments in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the nine months period ended September 30, 2013.

XML

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component, during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

	Foreign currency translation adjustments			Unrecognized amounts included in postretirement obligations			Derivative fair-value adjustments			Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net			Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2013:
Beginning balance	$	0.4		$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(0.3	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	(0.6		)	—			—			—			(0.6		)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	(0.3		)	—			—			—			(0.3		)
Net current period other comprehensive loss	(0.9		)	—			—			—			(0.9		)
Ending balance	$	(0.5	)	$	(0.7	)	$	—		$	—		$	(1.2	)
Nine months ended September 30, 2012:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	(0.1	)	$	0.1		$	(0.1	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications	0.3			—			—			(0.2		)	0.1
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	—			—			0.1			0.1			0.2
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)	0.3			—			0.1			(0.1		)	0.3
Ending balance	$	0.3		$	(0.1	)	$	—		$	—		$	0.2

The following presents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012:

Details about accumulated other comprehensive loss components	Affected line in the statement of operations	Three Months Ended				Nine Months Ended
		September 30,				September 30,
		2013		2012		2013		2012
Derivative fair-value adjustments	Interest expense	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Unrealized gains on investments, net	Other expense, net	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.2	)
	Benefit for income taxes on continuing operations	—		—		—		(0.1		)
	Net income (loss)	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	Income from discontinued operations before income taxes	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—
	Provision for income taxes on discontinued operations	—		—		—		—
	Net income (loss)	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3	$	—

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Various legal proceedings, claims and investigations are pending against the Company, including those relating to commercial transactions, intellectual property matters, environmental matters and other matters. Certain of these matters are covered by insurance, subject to deductibles and maximum limits. In the opinion of management based upon the information available at this time, the outcome of the matters referred to above will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.2 for the Harland Clarke segment and $0.9 for the Scantron segment related to assets that were determined to have no future use.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $0.5 for the Faneuil segment related to abandoned leasehold improvements resulting from the loss of a client and $0.2 for the Harland Clarke segment related to assets that were determined to have limited future use.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Fair values of financial instruments subject to recurring fair value measurements as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows:

	Balance at
	September 30, 2013		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—

	Balance at
	December 31, 2012		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	0.1	$	—	$	—
Liability for interest rate swaps	1.3		—		1.3		—

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk. Fair value of corporate equity securities is based on quoted market prices.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Most of the Company's clients are in the financial services and educational industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not generally require collateral. Actual losses and allowances have been within management's expectations.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is determined by Level 2 inputs and is based primarily on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues as of the measurement date. The estimated fair value of long-term debt at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was approximately $2,080.7 and $1,984.4, respectively. The carrying value of long-term debt at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $1,929.3 and $1,847.8 respectively. As described in Note 1, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt was adjusted to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

XML

Document and Entity Information	9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Oct. 31, 2013
Document Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.
Entity Central Index Key	0001354752
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Sep. 30, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		100

XML

Investments

9 Months Ended

Sep. 30, 2013

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Investments

Investments

Equity Method Investment

During 2012, the Company purchased certain equity securities of Transactis, Inc. ("Transactis"), a privately held company, representing a 15.6%ownership interest for $7.0 in cash. The Company accounts for this investment using the equity method due to its ability to influence operating and financial matters of Transactis through its representation on the Transactis board of directors and certain rights under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The assets, liabilities and results of operations are not significant to the Company's financial position or results of operations. The carrying value of this investment at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was$6.4and $6.9, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Marketable Securities

The Company's marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at their fair values, which are as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
Balance at September 30, 2013:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Balance at December 31, 2012:
Corporate equity securities	$	0.1	$	—	$	—	$	0.1

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company sold its United States treasury securities, which were to mature in 2014, for $56.3 in cash and recognized a loss of $0.2, which is included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended					3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012 Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member] June 30, 2009 3-Yr Interest Rate Contract Notional Amount $350 [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member] September 30, 2009 3-Yr Interest Rate Contract Notional Amount $250 [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member] June 30, 2010 3-Yr Interest Rate Contract Notional Amount $255 [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2012 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member]	Sep. 30, 2013 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member] Other current liabilities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Cash Flow Hedging [Member] Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] Interest Rate Swap [Member] Other current liabilities [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative, Notional Amount					$ 350,000,000	$ 250,000,000	$ 255,000,000
Derivative, Fixed Interest Rate					2.353%	2.14%	1.264%
Derivative Liabilities, Current												0	1,300,000
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)								0	0	0	100,000
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)								0	300,000	0	1,800,000
Balances and net changes in other comprehensive loss (income) related to derivative instruments [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period											100,000
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense, net of taxes of $0.0	0	0	0	100,000							(100,000)
Balance at end of period								0	0	0	0
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Reclassification Adjustment on Derivatives Included in Net Income, Tax											$ 0

XML

Long-Term Debt 8 (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			9 Months Ended
	Sep. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2013 Capital Lease Obligations [Member]
Capital Lease Obligations [Abstract]
Capital Lease Obligations	$ 3.2	$ 3.1
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage Rate Range, Minimum			0.00%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage Rate Range, Maximum			9.60%
Remaining in 2013	0.5
2014	1.7
2015	0.5
2016	0.4
2017	$ 0.1